Knowledgebase 8.0

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User
Guide
Version: 5
15 October 2021
Date:

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

These pages introduce you to Macrium Reflect, its capabilities, and methods.
The first thing you should do is create rescue media. See The Macrium Rescue Environment.
With your rescue media in hand, we recommend that you follow through some basic tutorials to learn the system andto gain some immediate security by backing up your Systems. We have a range of tutorials and videos covering
many aspects of using Macrium Reflect.
To get you started the following are some useful tutorials and articles:
Introduction to Macrium Reflect
Backup, imaging and cloning
Restoring and browsing
Scheduling and Retention rules
The Macrium Rescue Environment
Macrium Image Guardian
Macrium Changed Block Tracker
Macrium viBoot
Re-deploying to new hardware
Macrium Reflect Server Plus for Exchange and SQL
Command line operations with Macrium Reflect
Generating scripts and batch files
Backup Folder Synchronization
Defaults and Settings
PXE Deployment
Standalone backup set consolidation
Converting a Physical machine to Virtual Machine
Logging file changes for Incremental and Differential Images
Backup to the cloud with Azure File Shares
How to add an auto restore xml file to the rescue media

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 2

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Introduction to Macrium Reflect
Using Macrium Reflect you can backup whole partitions or individual files and folders into a single compressed,
mountable archive file. You can use this archive to restore exact images of the partitions on a hard disk so that you
can easily upgrade your hard disk or recover your system if it breaks. You can also mount images as a virtual drivein Windows Explorer to easily recover Files and Folders using Copy and Paste.

Summary
If you consider yourself non-technical this article should help you to start understanding the terminology,
workings and concepts of imaging, backup and Macrium Reflect. More information on how to clone yourdisk is in our KnowledgeBase article.

The restore process is documented in the article
Inside a PC, the operating system, applications and all your files need to be kept somewhere when the power is off.
This permanent storage is often a hard disk drive containing a spinning magnetic platter. The information on theplatter is recorded and read by read-heads. So that the read-heads can store and find recorded data, the disk is split
into blocks, usually of 512 bytes, which are numbered from the start to the end of the platter.
So that the operating system can use different file systems or provide multiple volumes (like the C: drive, D: drive
and recovery area), it partitions these blocks into volumes (sometimes also called partitions). These volumes andtheir file systems are the first things you'll see when you start Macrium Reflect.
Figure: Macrium Reflect showing the volumes and file systems on a system disk

More recently, magnetic disk drives have been replaced or augmented by other technologies like Solid-State Drives(SSD). These devices have slightly different restore requirements which Macrium Reflect handles seamlessly using
features like SSD Trim support.

Rescue media and Windows PE
If you lose your Windows operating system, you can start your PC using Macrium Reflect rescue media on CD,
DVD, or USB stick. This makes creating rescue media the first thing you need to do with Macrium Reflect. It contains
a bootable, lightweight version of Windows and a full version of Macrium Reflect.
This lightweight version of Windows is called the Windows Recovery Environment (also known as Windows RE or
WinRE) and is supplied with Windows 7 and later operating systems. For Windows XP, Vista and systems without
WinRE, Reflect will download the Windows Pre-installation Environment (also known as Windows PE or WinPE)
directly from Microsoft.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 3

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Disk imaging
Macrium Reflect creates an accurate and reliable Image of a hard disk or the partitions on the disk. In the event of apartial or complete system loss, you can use this image to restore the entire disk, one or more partitions, or evenindividual files and folders.
During the imaging process, Macrium Reflect copies the contents of entire volumes including a reference to their
physical location on the storage device to an image file (.mrimg). You would normally store the image file on local or
network drives, or removable drives connected using USB or eSATA.

We strongly recommend that you create an image of your system at regular intervals.
You can read more about how to use Macrium Reflect to image your PC in our KnowledgeBase article Creating a
backup image of your computer, drive or partitions.
Macrium Reflect can help you create regular images by scheduling them for you. It can even tidy up after itself - see
Scheduling retention and disk space.

Differential and incremental images
Macrium Reflect can create Full, Differential, and Incremental images to optimize backup speed and disk spacerequirements.
When you image a volume for the first time it is referred to as a Full image. A Full image file contains all of the datastored in the volume. Macrium Reflect provides two alternative methods of backing up your data after the initial fullimage has been completed:

1. A Differential image that backs up all the data that has changed on the volumes since the last Full image
was taken.

2. An Incremental image that backs up all the data that has changed on the volumes since the last image wastaken whether that is a Full, an Incremental, or a Differential image.
These methods significantly reduce the amount of disk space and time required to create image files and make itpossible to restore your system from intermediate points within the backup chain.

Note: In order to restore a Differential image, you must have the original Full and the Differential image
you wish to restore. To restore an Incremental image, you must have the original Full and all subsequent
incremental images in the backup set.

If you want to learn how to create differential or incremental backups using Macrium Reflect, please see Differential
and incremental disk images.
To learn more about backup sets, please see Backup, imaging and cloning.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 4

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

File and folder backups
To create a File and Folder backup, select the files and folders you want to backup, apply File and Folder filtering
criteria to include and exclude files and/or folders, and Macrium Reflect creates a compressed backup file (.mrbak)
that can be restored directly or browsed using Windows Explorer. Storing backups in a single file is beneficial
because it can be compressed, encrypted and stored elsewhere with ease.
As you can for images, you can also create Differential, and Incremental file and folder backups to optimize backup
speed and disk space requirements.
File and folder backups are ideal if you only wish to backup specific documents, photos or music, rather than yourwhole system.
More information on how to backup files and folders is in our KnowledgeBase article Creating a backup image ofyour computer, drive or partitions.

Disk cloning
With Macrium Reflect, you can clone your system disks to enable you to swap failed disks out of your system andget things back up and running again in minutes.
Cloning is often confused with imaging. The process is identical but instead of storing data to a file, it replicatesvolume contents and disk structures to an alternative device. When the cloning process is complete, the target disk
is identical to the original and contains a duplicate of all volumes, files, operating systems and applications.

Note: Any data on the target disk prior to the cloning process will be erased.

Cloning a disk is particularly useful to upgrade an existing hard disk and in the event of a hard drive failure, you cansimply replace the failed disk with a clone and have your system up and running again in minutes. However, cloning
a disk is not an efficient way of backing up your data if it changes frequently because the clone will only contain one
point in time as there is no 'Backup Chain' history that is available with Disk Images. Also, Disk Images can becompressed and saved to any location.
More information on how to clone your disk is in our KnowledgeBase article Cloning a disk.

Backup Plans and Retention Rules
Macrium Reflect provides multiple Backup Plan options to create backup cycles in days, weeks, or months thatallow you to pick when you want your backup definitions to run and whether they should be Full, Differential or
Incremental backups. Scheduled backups can run independently of whether anyone is logged into the computer.
Macrium Reflect provides an easy 3 step approach to editing backup plans for a backup definition:

1. First, optionally select a Template from a set that includes implementations of industry best practice likeGrandfather, Father, Son (GFS), or Incremental Forever

2. Add, remove or change the schedules as needed for Full, Differential, and Incremental backups
3.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 5

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
3. Finally, define Retention Rules for each type of backup. Using the Retention Rules, you can retain aspecific number of each type of backup or keep them for a number of days or weeks before cleaning up.
Options define whether to apply the retention rules to all the backups in the folder, whether to run the purge before
backing up, and let you define a minimum amount of disk space to retain in gigabytes (GB) before automaticallydeleting the oldest backup sets in the destination folder to make space available for new backups.

Note: A backup set consists of a full backup and any Incrementals or Differentials with the same image
ID. The image ID is the part underlined in the following example backup file name: 69B5FC3F39E0F9F5-00-00.mrimg

Restoring files and folders
Macrium Reflect restores selected files and their folder structures from File and Folder backup .mrbak files. There
are a number of ways to restore backups:

1. You can restore individual files, for example, accidentally deleted spreadsheets or lost photos by browsing an
Image or File and Folder Backup. This process mounts the image file in Windows Explorer as if it were an
extra disk drive. After it is mounted, you can browse and open files and copy the files back onto your active
file system whenever you like.

2. You can directly restore the contents of a file and folder backup using the Macrium Reflect file and folder
restore feature.
You can find more information in Restoring a file and folder backup and Browsing Macrium Reflect images andbackups in Windows Explorer.

Restoring images
Macrium Reflect restores disks or their partitions exactly as they were when the backup was taken. The restore
process also enables you to expand or shrink partitions if the restore target is a new disk and a different size to theoriginal.
If your whole system becomes corrupt, you can load Macrium Reflect and restore your image despite being unable
to boot Windows. You can boot from the Macrium Reflect Windows PE rescue media and use Macrium Reflect tofind and restore your images
The restore process is documented in the article Restoring a backup system image from Windows.

ReDeploy
From the rescue environment you can launch Macrium ReDeploy to adapt the recovered Windows system to its newenvironment whether that is a virtual machine or a different computer. With Macrium Reflect ReDeploy, you canrestore an image to a replacement computer or even create virtual hard drives to virtualize the machine, a techniquesometimes called Physical to Virtual or P2V.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 6

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium ReDeploy is included in all paid editions of Macrium Reflect. This excludes the Free Edition and 30-day
trials.

VBScript, PowerShell and MS-DOS batch file support
Macrium Reflect stores backup definitions as XML files that are loaded using the Reflect command line. This enables
powerful batch and scheduling processing using VBScript, PowerShell or MS DOS batch files.
Macrium Reflect includes a VBScript and PowerShell generator that creates template script files for programmablecontrol over your backup cycles and Pre/Post backup events.
Further Reading
Macrium Reflect Minimum System Requirements
Deprecation of SHA-1 code signing
Macrium Reflect Feature Comparison Chart
Licensing Policy
New in Version 8.0
Download and install your purchase
Macrium Reflect Quick Start
Windows Explorer shell integration
Reviewing your backup history
Removing your License key when Upgrading your PC
What is VSS, how does it work and why do we use it?
Rapid Delta Clone - RDC
Rapid Delta Restore - RDR

Macrium Reflect Minimum System Requirements
PC and Windows
In order to run Macrium Reflect, you must have a system that has the following minimum system requirements:
At least 512MB RAM (1GB min recommended)
Windows XP Service Pack 3 or Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 2 or later
A keyboard and mouse
To use the rescue media, you will need either a CD/DVD writing drive or a USB drive.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 7

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Supported File Systems
Imaging clusters in use and changed clusters (intelligent copy) is supported by FAT16, FAT32, NTFS, exFAT, ReFS
(on server editions), and Ext 2,3,4 file systems. All other file systems and unformatted partitions will be imaged on asector by sector basis, i.e, every sector in the partition will be copied.

Incremental and Differential images have no file system dependencies. You can even create Incremental
and Differential images of unformatted partitions.

Rapid Delta Restore (RDR) and Rapid Delta Clone (RDC) are supported by NTFS file systems only. All other filesystems will cause a Full restore or clone.

Deprecation of SHA-1 code signing
We are committed to continuing support of many of our customers’ older operating systems. There are many
scenarios, particularly in an industrial or medical environment where updating to the latest Windows version is
impossible or prohibitively expensive. To this end, alongside our SHA-2 signature, until Reflect v7.3, we haveincluded a SHA-1 counter signature.
Due to the withdrawal of all SHA-1 timestamp services, we can no longer add a SHA-1 counter signature. This has
two consequences for operating systems that haven’t been updated to include SHA-2 support.
You will not be able to verify our binaries provenance or integrity. When launching Reflect, the publisher will beshown as “Unknown” in the Windows Vista and later UAC prompt. A user mode SHA-2 update is available for all
Reflect supported platforms.
Where driver signature checks are enforced, drivers will not load without kernel SHA-2 support. Patches andupdates for kernel SHA-2 support are only available for Windows 7 / Server 2008 R2.
Core Reflect features can only be implemented in kernel mode and therefore we are forced to block Reflectinstalls and updates in some instances, as detailed below.
Windows OS

StatusWindows 8, 10,

SHA-2 is supported by default, no impact or action required.

Server 2016,2019 and later

Windows XP,

These OSs do not support SHA-2 by default, however due to lack of driver signature checks,

Server 2003 (32Reflect will continue to work but you will receive an unknown publisher warning in the/64bit) and Vista

UAC prompt for Windows Vista and later. This can be resolved by applying a patch or updating

32bit / Win7

to the latest release to gain user mode SHA-2 support.

32bit

Reflect updates and installs will continue to be supported on this platform if the OS has
been patched to include SHA-2 support.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 8

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Windows OS

StatusWindows 7
64bit / Windows2008 R2 Server
64 bitVista 64bit /Macrium Reflect v7.3 is the last version available for these platforms, v8.0 and later

Windows 2008

cannot be installed. This is due to a combination of enforced kernel driver signature checking

Server 64 bitwithout the availability of a kernel mode SHA-2 update from Microsoft.

Further References
https://redmondmag.com/articles/2019/02/19/windows-deadlines-sha-2.aspx
https://support.microsoft.com/en-gb/help/4472027/2019-sha-2-code-signing-support-requirement-for-windows-andwsus

Macrium Reflect Feature Comparison Chart
Feature \

Free

Home

Workstation

ServerServer Plus

Edition

Disk Imaging

Disk Cloning

AccessImages andFile andFolderbackups in
Windows
Explorer

Schedule
backupsWindows PE
3.0, 4.0, 5.0,
10 andWindows RE

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 9Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Feature \

Free

Home

Workstation

ServerServer Plus

EditionXP SP3/
Vista / 7 / 8 /8.1 /10 /WHS
compatibility

Retention
rules

Recoveryfrom
Windowsboot menu

Differential
backups

MacriumviBoot for
instant
virtualizationof system
image files.

Incremental
backups

File andFolderbackupEmailnotification of
backupstatusBackupscriptingv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 10

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Feature \

Free

Home

Workstation

ServerServer Plus

Edition

Password
protection
andencryption

Restore todissimilar
hardwarewith
ReDeploy

Backup fileRansomware
Protection
with Image
Guardian

Rapid Delta
Restore(RDR)
Rapid Delta
Clone (RDC)

ChangedBlock
Tracker(CBT)

Integrated
Windows
Event
Logging

Windows
Server crosshardware
restorev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 11

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Feature \

Free

Home

Workstation

ServerServer Plus

EditionIntegrated
Windows
event
logging

Resilient File
System(ReFS)
supportMicrosoft
SQL &Exchange
database
backup &recoveryMicrosoft
SQL
database
continuous
backupMicrosoft
Exchange
Mailboxrestore( Granular
Recovery )Licensing Policy
Macrium Reflect Licensing Policy Overview
Macrium Reflect licenses are perpetual: they do not have an expiry date or require an annual renewal.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 12

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium Reflect v8 Home Edition, Workstation, Server, and Server Plus for Exchange and SQL are licensed permachine - each PC must have its own licensed copy of Macrium Reflect installed.
You may only transfer a Macrium license to another PC if it is a replacement for the original machine (due tohardware failure, for example). See Removing your License key when Upgrading your PC

Support & MaintenanceMacrium Reflect v8 Home Edition includes 12 months of free Technical Support. This will ensure that not only do you
get a great backup tool for your home PCs, but you know that there is help if you need it. You also have full andpermanent access to our active and helpful support forum.
Macrium Reflect v7 Workstation, Server and Server Plus for Exchange and SQL, all include 12 months free Support& Maintenance in the purchase of each license which is renewable for subsequent years. Support is provided via
email and, if needed, remote access. This annual subscription includes Upgrade Protection - so Minor updates (i.e.
v8.1 to v8.2) and Major updates (i.e. v7 to v8) are free. We also offer a Premium support option which includes
priority response and telephone support.
If the Support & Maintenance subscription is not renewed the software will continue to function, Minor updates (i.e.
v8.1 to v8.2) will remain free, and access to the Macrium Support Forum and Knowledgebase will still be available
for all customers.

You can read more about Macrium Support & Maintenance here:
The Macrium Reflect End User License Agreement can be found here:
Service Providers, please see here: Macrium Services Provider License Agreement explained

Macrium Services Provider License Agreement explained

The Macrium Services Provider License Agreement (SPLA) license provides an alternative usage based
charging model, available to high volume service providers where the normal perpetual license model does notmake sense. It is currently being piloted with a selected customers. If it is of interest to you, please contact us
for more information.

How it works
You are provided with a single key per edition. This can be installed on an unlimited number of machines hosted byyou. You will pay a monthly charge based on the number of unique machines with the software installed that are
active within the billing period.
The billing is automatically generated using data from a daily callback to our license server. You will need to ensurethat the software has a network route to our server and provide us with an IP range (or ranges) that your machinesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 13

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
will use to connect to our server.
Your monthy bill will include a report of usage broken down by machine. This will include the associated IP and MAC
address of the interface used to contact the license server and also a user machine reference, if specified.

How to specify the user machine referenceThis is configured during the install process and is purely for your convenience in interpreting your bill.
You can install in the usual way, just specifying your SPLA key. However, currently, you can only specify the user
machine reference using the command line install method. Use the following, replacing the angle brackets withparameters relevant to you.

<installer>.exe /passive /l <log filename> LICKEY=<your spla key> LICOWNREF=<yourmachine reference>
Please read more about command line installs: Installing Macrium Reflect from the command line

End User License Agreement
PLEASE READ THIS LICENSE CAREFULLY. By clicking on the "Agree" button, you acknowledge and agree to bebound by its terms and conditions in relation to your use of Macrium Reflect® and the Documents. If you do notagree to its terms and conditions, or are unsure about their effect, click on the "Cancel" button.
YOUR ATTENTION IS DRAWN TO THE "LIABILITY" SECTION BELOW. Macrium Reflect® is intended to be used
to copy software and data for lawful back-up purposes. You should ensure your third party software licenses permit
such copying.
Macrium Reflect® contains software owned by third parties and used under license. Please see the "Third Party
Copyright Notices" section below for further details. All other portions of Macrium Reflect® are copyright ©
Paramount Software UK Limited 2008-2015. All rights reserved.
The words “Macrium” and "Macrium Reflect" are trademarks of Paramount Software UK Limited in the United
Kingdom and/or other countries.
Interpreting this License

Definitions
The following terms are used repeatedly in this License, and in each case have the meaning set out below:"Computer" means a computer or a software-emulated computer (otherwise known as a "virtualized" computer).
"Documents" means the documents supplied as standard with Macrium Reflect® (whether in printed or electronicform) together with any modified or revised versions of them and/or any supplementary documents that we supply to
you from time to time.
"Image" is defined as an exact copy of the data stored on a Computer's built-in media.
"media" means optical disks of any kind, hard or flash drives, and any other media in or on which software and/or
data can be loaded or stored on a temporary, volatile or permanent basis.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 14

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide"Macrium Reflect" means the software supplied to you together with this License and PrimoBurner software
together with any related updates, upgrades, patches or fixes we make available to you over time.
"We" and "us" means Paramount Software UK Limited, a private limited company registered in England and Waleswith registered number 02973414.

GeneralUnder this License each express right we grant to you is subject to you complying with each express obligation or
restriction upon you, save where the License expressly provides otherwise.
Where you have minimum rights protected by law which we cannot restrict, you may do anything concerning
Macrium Reflect® and/or the Documents which is consistent with those rights.
No term of this License shall be construed to exclude or limit our liability for any loss, damage or or other liability
which cannot be excluded or restricted under applicable law (including (a) in the United Kingdom only, liability for
death or personal injury caused by negligence and liability for fraud, and (b) the statutory rights of persons dealing asa consumer).
All provisions set out in this License are substantive terms and not merely introductory.
All obligations and restrictions upon you under this License are subject to the provisions of this "General" subsection.
Your right to use Macrium Reflect® and the Documents
Macrium Reflect® must be installed onto a Computer owned, leased or hired by you. Once you have installed
Macrium Reflect® and entered your license key, you may not transfer your license key to any other Computer.
Macrium Reflect® enables you to make exact copies of the data stored on a Computer's built-in media ( "Images").
All Images must be restored to the Computer from which they were taken.
There are two (2) permitted "fair use" exceptions to these obligations:

1. If you permanently replace your Computer you may load Macrium Reflect® and your license key onto your
new Computer provided you have removed Macrium Reflect® from your old Computer. Once you have done
so, you can use Macrium Reflect® on your new Computer as normal and restore existing Images to it.
However, you must not restore Images back to your old Computer.

2. If your Computer develops a hardware fault which makes it inoperable you may load Macrium Reflect® andyour license key onto a substitute Computer on a temporary basis whilst the fault is being repaired. You may
then use Macrium Reflect® on that substitute Computer as normal and restore existing Images to it.
Once the hardware fault has been repaired, you can re-load Macrium Reflect® and your license key backonto your repaired Computer (if required), and must promptly delete it from your substitute Computer.
Where we refer to using Macrium Reflect® 'as normal' above, we are referring to use in accordance with the terms ofthis License.
Your right to use Macrium Reflect® and the Documents is not exclusive. This means that we may grant to otherpersons the same or similar rights as are granted to you in this License
General Requirements
A software-emulated computer (otherwise known as a "virtualized" computer) is a separate Computer for the
purpose of this License.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 15

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You must at all times take reasonable precautions to protect the Computers on which Macrium Reflect® is loaded
from unauthorized use.
You must only use Macrium Reflect® for your own benefit and not to provide services for or on behalf of any otherperson including on a "service bureau" basis.
You must not transfer the rights you have under this License regarding Macrium Reflect® or the Documents to any
other person, including by use of an assignment, license, sub-license, lease or trust. You must not sell, give, lend,
rent, hire, distribute or otherwise make Macrium Reflect® or the Documents available to any other person or allow
them to access or use Macrium Reflect® or the Documents in place of you.
Save as expressly permitted by applicable law, you must not do or try to do anything which would result in you
understanding, at a technical level, how Macrium Reflect® works. This restriction prevents you from doing anythingwhich may constitute decompiling, disassembling or reverse engineering. It also means you cannot do anythingwhich would result in you obtaining the source code for Macrium Reflect®, or the algorithms or ideas in, or structureor organization of, Macrium Reflect®. In each case there is an exception for acts permitted by applicable law.
You must not, and must not try to, avoid, defeat, bypass, remove or deactivate any security measures included in
Macrium Reflect®, including those that restrict its functions.
You must not modify Macrium Reflect® or the Documents or create anything that is derived from Macrium Reflect®
or the Documents.
You may copy Macrium Reflect® for back-up purposes, which may be stored on any media you so choose in a safe
location. You may only copy the Documents where reasonably necessary to enable your permitted use of Macrium
Reflect®.
Ownership of Macrium Reflect® and the Documents
Macrium Reflect® and the Documents are licensed to you and not sold.
All rights relating to Macrium Reflect® and the Documents that are not expressly granted to you under this License
are reserved to us and the persons who have licensed software or documents to us; in particular, all intellectual
property rights in Macrium Reflect® and the Documents (whether registered or not and wherever in the world these
may exist) are our property, or the property of persons who have licensed software or documents to us.
You must not create or attempt to create any charge or other security interest over Macrium Reflect® or theDocuments, or any copies of them.
Data Protection.
Macrium Reflect® contains functionality which enables us to verify your compliance with this License, It does so bycollecting and passing to us the identity of each Computer on which you load or attempt to load Macrium Reflect®. In
addition, on purchasing this License you will have provided us with certain data about yourself. Such data iscollectively known as "personal data". We shall only use personal data for the purpose of administering and verifying
your compliance with this License, to provide you with Macrium Reflect® and the Documents and related support
services contemplated by this License, and to make you aware of new versions, updates, patches and fixes.
Updates & Upgrades
We may make new versions, updates, patches and fixes available over time at our discretion. We may make theseavailable subject to additional or replacement terms and conditions. Where we make a new update, patch and/or fix
available, these may be downloaded for free from our website: www.macrium.com or directly downloaded fromwithin the software.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 16

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The Duration of the License
Where we supply the Trial Version of Macrium Reflect® to you, this License has a fixed term which will automaticallyend 30 days after the date on which you accept its terms and conditions. You may not download a further copy of thetrial version of Macrium Reflect® or otherwise reinstall it on your Computer. In order to continue to use Macrium
Reflect® thereafter, you must obtain a license from us for a version of Macrium Reflect® other than the Trial Version.
This License may be terminated before the end of such 30 day term in the manner set out below.
Where we supply the Full Version of Macrium Reflect® to you, this License commences on the date on which you
accept its terms and conditions, and shall remain in full force and effect forever unless terminated in the manner set
out below.
Termination
If you are in material breach of any of your obligations set out in this License, we may terminate this License
immediately by informing you in writing that we wish to do so.
You may terminate this License at any time by clicking on the "Remove License" button (which can be found in
Macrium Reflect® under Help > Remove License Option).
Consequences of this License Expiring or Being TerminatedWhere this License expires or is terminated, all your rights under this License immediately cease. You must
immediately delete Macrium Reflect® from all Computers and destroy all copies of Macrium Reflect®, theDocuments, and all Images in your possession (including original and back-up copies of Macrium Reflect®). We may
require you to certify to us in a form we specify that you have done so.
Where we supply the Full Version of Macrium Reflect® to you, any license fees you have paid to us are nonrefundable.
Termination of this License does not prevent you or us enforcing any rights you or we may have against each other,which relate to the period of time before the License was terminated. You and we may use any legal means
available to you or us to do so.
All provisions set out in the following sections shall survive termination of this License: Ownership of Macrium
Reflect® and the Documents; Consequences of this License Expiring or Being Terminated; Liability; Confidentiality;
Injunctions; Governing Law and Disputes; Miscellaneous.
Liability
Limited Media Warranty
If the media on which Macrium Reflect® is supplied to you is or becomes defective within 90 days of thecommencement date of this License (and the defect is not your fault), please inform us immediately and we willpromptly send you a replacement. You may not seek any other remedy from us for defects in such media and theirconsequences.
THE WARRANTY SET OUT IN THIS SECTION IS, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN
PLACE OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND WHETHER
EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY THAT RELATE TO SOFTWARE MEDIA INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITEDTO ANY IMPLIED CONDITION OR WARRANTY OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE WARRANTY SET OUT IN THIS SECTION IS GIVEN BY US ALONE AND NOT BY
ANY PERSONS WHO LICENSE SOFTWARE TO US (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MICROSOFT®
CORPORATION AND/OR MS AFFILIATES, AND/OR PRIMO SOFTWARE, CORPORATION).

No Other Warranty

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 17

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
SAVE FOR THE ABOVE LIMITED MEDIA WARRANTY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BYAPPLICABLE LAW, Macrium Reflect® IS PROVIDED TO YOU ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITH ALL CURRENT
DEFECTS INCLUDED AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY REPRESENTATION,WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND (WHETHER FROM US OR FROM ANY PERSONS WHO LICENSESOFTWARE TO US INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MICROSOFT® CORPORATION AND/OR MS
AFFILIATES, AND/OR PRIMO SOFTWARE, CORPORATION) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANYWARRANTY OR CONDITION OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
THAT Macrium Reflect® WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, THAT Macrium Reflect® WILL WORK INCOMBINATION WITH OTHER SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE, THAT THE OPERATION OF Macrium Reflect® WILL
BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE, THAT ERRORS IN Macrium Reflect® WILL BE CORRECTED, THAT
Macrium Reflect® DOES NOT BREACH THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR THAT YOU
WILL HAVE QUIET ENJOYMENT OF MACRIUM REFLECT®.

Limitations and Exclusions
Where permitted by applicable law, our total liability to you under this License in any one year shall not exceed thetotal license fees paid by you to us in that year (if any). In all other cases, our total liability to you under this License
in any one year shall not exceed the aggregate amount of our applicable insurance cover. These limitations apply to
all liabilities we have to you, whether the same arise in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise, andwhether or not you have informed us that the same may arise.
Where permitted by applicable law, we shall not be liable to you for any indirect, consequential, special, or incidental
losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and claims including fines levied by any relevant government regulator
that you incur, whether the same arise in contract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise, and whether or not you
have informed us that the same may arise.
Where permitted by applicable law, we shall not be liable to you for any losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages
and claims including fines levied by any relevant government regulator that you incur, whether the same arise incontract, tort (including negligence) or otherwise, that relate to (a) loss of, damage to, or errors in data (b) loss of
profits, (c) loss of business (d) loss of contracts, (e) loss of revenue, (f) loss of goodwill, (g) loss of anticipatedsavings, (h) loss arising from any claim made against you by any third party, or (i) loss of or damage to othersoftware or hardware, in each case whether or not you have informed us that that same may arise.
You acknowledge and agree that it is your responsibility to insure yourself against the losses for which we will not beheld liable, as set out in this section "Liability". You also acknowledge and agree that the license fees (if any) for youruse of Macrium Reflect® are based on the allocation of risk set out in this section "Liability".
Third Party Copyright Notices

PrimoBurner softwareThis product utilizes PrimoBurner (tm) Technology.
(c) 2003-2012 Primo Software Corporation http://www.primoburner.com.

Confidentiality
You shall keep all information included in Macrium Reflect® and the Documents confidential for the full duration ofthis License and indefinitely after it expires or is terminated.
Injunctions
You acknowledge and agree that some or all of the information contained in Macrium Reflect® and the Documents
constitutes trade secrets. You also acknowledge and agree that any disclosure by you of such information to otherpersons could cause us (or persons who license software to us) irreparable and ongoing harm for which damages
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 18

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
alone are not an adequate remedy. You acknowledge and agree that we (and any persons who license software tous) are entitled to seek an injunction or any other form of equitable remedy against you, in the event that you breachthe terms of this License.
ExportYou acknowledge that Macrium Reflect® and the Documents are licensed to you subject to applicable laws
regarding the export of software programs and related documentation, including without limitation, those of theUnited States of America, the United Kingdom and the European Union. You agree to comply with all suchapplicable laws.
You also acknowledge that your importation and use of Macrium Reflect® and/or the Documents may be restrictedby laws applicable in your country of residence and countries to which you travel from time to time. You agree tocomply with all applicable laws in such countries regarding your importation and use of Macrium Reflect® and theDocuments.
Amendment
We may change the terms and conditions set out in this document at any time, provided we inform you at least one(1) month in advance, and supply you with details of the change.
If you object to a change we wish to make, you must inform us within 14 days of us telling you about it. On you doing
so, we may terminate this License immediately by informing you in writing that we wish to do so, and you must thencomply with the "Consequences of Termination" section above.
If you do not object to a change within the period set out above, you shall be taken to have agreed to the change.
We will not use the provisions in this section "Amendment" to amend Macrium Reflect® you can use under thisLicense, the Computers on which you can use Macrium Reflect®, or the license fees (if any) you have to pay to us
concerning Macrium Reflect®.
Governing law and Disputes
The terms of this License are governed by English law. Any dispute regarding this License shall be referred to thecourts of England and Wales, and no other court in any other country or jurisdiction.
Miscellaneous
This License sets out the entire agreement between you and us regarding your use of Macrium Reflect® and theDocuments. If you have entered into an agreement with us regarding the same subject matter at an earlier date, thatolder agreement is replaced by this License, and no longer has any legal effect.
In entering into this License with us, you agree that you have not relied, and are not now relying on any statementthat we may have made to you that is not set out in writing in this License, including any representation or warranty.
In entering into this License with you, we agree that we have not relied, and are not now relying on any statementthat you may have made to us that is not set out in this License, including any representation or warranty.
Any person who licenses software to us is entitled to the full benefit of this License and to enforce its terms in ourplace; however, you and we may vary the terms of this License without the consent of any such person. Except asprovided in this clause, no person who is not a party to this License has any right to enforce any of its terms.
The rights and remedies set out in this License are in addition to, and not in place of, any rights or remedies that youor we may have under applicable law.
If you or we fail to enforce a provision of this License for any period of time, neither you nor we shall be taken tohave waived our right to do so in the future. If we agree not to enforce a provision of this License which you havebreached, or you agree not to enforce a provision of this License which we have breached, neither we nor you shallbe prevented from enforcing the same provision at any point in the future concerning a separate breach.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 19

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
If any provision in this License is found to be unenforceable by a court, the other provisions of this License shallremain binding upon you and us.

Contacting Macrium Support
Self Help Resources
Reflect Knowledgebase

https://knowledgebase.macrium.com

Site Manager Knowledgebase

https://knowledgebase.macrium.com/display/MSM

Forum

https://forum.macrium.com

Order Information

https://www.macrium.com/myorders/index

How to raise a ticket
1) Visit our knowledgebase to see if the issue has been documented.
2) If you need to raise a ticket visit https://helpme.macrium.com
3) Log in or Sign up.

4) Select 'Add Ticket'

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 20

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5) Fill in as much information as you can on the form.
6) After submitting the form, you will receive an email with a link to the ticket and any other communication from
Macrium Support/Sales.

New in Version 8.0

Macrium Reflect v8.0 has been comprehensively overhauled to provide a better user experience, and we've added
some great new functionality as well...

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 21

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Resilient File System (ReFS) and exFAT support for Server and Server Plus Editions
We've added support for Windows Resilient File System (ReFS) and Extensible File Allocation
Table (ExFAT) file systems for Intelligent sector copy, MIG and, in the case of ReFS, for CBT aswell.
For more information see here

Dark Theme
Macrium Reflect v8 includes optimized Light and Dark theme user interface options to enhance theuser experience.
For more information see here

Intra-Daily scheduled backups
Macrium Reflect v8.0 now includes Intra-Daily scheduling of backups for a minimum of 15 minuteintervals between start times, providing near continuous backup protection.
For more information see here

Removable media Imaging and Cloning support
v8.0 includes support for imaging and cloning USB Flash drives. Flash drives can be imaged andcloned using the same functionality, and UI, as regular internal disk drives. USB Flash drives can
be cloned to other USB flash drives or internal disks. Flash drives show in the Reflect main window
alongside internal disks:
For more information see here

Automatic partiton resizing when restoring or cloning to different sized disks
We've improved the Restore and Clone functionality by adding automatic fill/shrink where the target
disk is a different size to the source. The most common disk copy tasks are now automated andwe've also added the ability to set free space before and after a copied partition to precisely locate
and resize partitions on the target disk.
For more information see here

New 'Existing Backups' view
We've renamed the 'Restore' tab in v7 to 'Existing Backups' and added extra functionality, including
the ability to view backup files in their backup chain hierarchy, navigate to individual folders where
backups are stored and edit the comment field in existing backups.
For more information see here

Improved File and Folder backup wizard
We've improved the user interface for adding folders to your File and Folder backups by adding atree selection for 'root' foldersv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 22

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For more information see here

Improved backup file name functionality
New r un time parameters enable dynamic information to be included in backup file names at run
time.
For more information see here

New tbFAT driver for mounting File and Folder backups
In v8.0, F&F backups containing files larger than 4GB in size can now be mounted in Windows
Explorer showing the original file size and contents. In earlier versions of Macrium Reflect, backed
up files would be split into multiple 4GB chunks, and the only way to restore large files was by using
the File Restore functionality in the main application.
We've added a new driver to mount all F&F backup files. The maximum size of a contained file is
now 3.9 TB rather than 4 GB.

Redesigned and Improved 'Log' view
The Log view page has been extensively redesigned in v8 to make locating logs much easier.
We've also improved the performance when accessing and searching large quantities of logs, as
may be necessary when running Intra-Daily backups.
For more information see here

OAuth 2.0 email authentication for Gmail and Outlook 365
Macrium Reflect v8.0 includes OAuth 2.0 to authenticate Macrium Reflect to send emails using yourMicrosoft or Gmail account. It's easy to setup and uses your account sign in, including two factor if
enabled, to securely authenticate.

viBoot now includes Oracle VirtualBox support
v8.0 adds Oracle VirtualBox support for instant virtualization of Macrium Reflect Images. For
customers without Windows operating systems capable of running Hyper-V, or those that require
USB drive virtualization, VirtualBox provides a great solution to reduce Time To recover (TTR), or totest Image restore capability,
For more information see here

ReFS and ExFAT Support
We've added support for Windows Resilient File System (ReFS) and Extensible File Allocation Table (ExFAT)
file systems for Intelligent sector copy, MIG and, in the case of ReFS, for CBT as well.
In Macrium Reflect v7 and earlier, both ReFS and ExFAT file systems would appear as unformatted volumes.
Creating images of unformatted volumes causes every sector in the volume to be copied. Although such images are
perfectly good, they take a long time to complete and the image file sizes are much larger than necessary. In v8,
we've introduce Intelligent sector copy for both file systems. This means that only used clusters are copied,v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 23

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guidesignificantly reducing the time to image and also reducing the size of the resultant image files. Additionally, MIG now
protects Macrium backup files saved to either file system and CBT can be used to further increase the speed of
Incremental ReFS images.
ExFAT Volume:

Macrium Reflect is one of only a very few imaging product that support Windows Storage Spaces. ReFS is thedefault and recommended file system to use with Storage Spaces.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/storage/storage-spaces/overview
ReFS Volume:

Dark Theme
Note: Macrium Reflect Free Edition and all Windows operating systems earlier than Windows 8.0
only support 'Light Mode'

Macrium Reflect v8 now includes Light and Dark theme options available by taking the 'Other Tasks' > 'Change UITheme...' menu option.
When first started, a one-time dialog is shown to choose the initial application theme:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 24

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: When a theme is selected in the dropdown list, the entire application will dynamically change to thechosen theme, enabling a preview before selecting OK.

We've optimized the toolbar buttons, background colors and fonts to enhance the user experience in any theme.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 25

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 26

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Restore and Clone Partition Layout
We've improved the Restore and Clone functionality by adding automatic fill/shrink where the target disk is adifferent size to the source. The most common disk copy tasks are automated by using the toolbar 'Copy'
functionality but we've also added the ability to set free space before and after a copied partition to precisely locate
and resize partitions on the target disk.
Copying to a larger disk
Copying to a Smaller Diskv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 27

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide'Float Left', 'Float Right' and 'Fill Space'
Delete Partition
Erase Disk
Using Layout for precise positioning

Copying to a larger disk
In the example below we have a 127 GB GPT system disk cloning to a 250 GB target disk.

Clicking 'Copy Partitions' shows a sub-menu with two options:
Exact

Selected partition(s) will be copied to the target maintaining the starting positions and lengths,

partitionfrom left to right. If the disk is smaller than the end of the last selected partition, then the lastoffset andshrinkable (NTFS or FAT32) partition is shrunk to enable all partitions to be copied.

lengthIf fixed size partitions are selected after the last shrinkable partition then they will be copied andfloated to the end of the disk. An example of this is if a system recovery partition exists after thesystem drive C: and the target disk is smaller than the source.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 28

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Shrink or

Selected partition(s) will be copied to the target and all extendable/shrinkable partitions will be

extend toproportionately resized so all partitions fill the disk.

fill thetarget disk

Extendable and Shrinkable partitions are all non-system partitions, and drive C, formatted using either
NTFS or FAT32.

Result of Exact partition offset and length copy:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 29

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Result of Shrink or extend to fill the target disk copy

Copying to a Smaller Disk
In the example below we have a 250 GB GPT system disk cloning to a 127 GB target disk.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 30

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This is an unusual example in that there's an additional small recovery partition (6) at the end of the disk.
Result of Exact partition offset and length copy:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 31

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This copy will not fit. No matter how much the last shrinkable partition (5 - D:) is shrunk, there isn't enough space
available to maintain the starting offset and length of drive C:.

Result of Shrink or extend to fill the target disk copy

The last recovery partition is automatically floated to the end of the disk and partitions 4 and 5 (drive C and drive D)
are proportionately shrunk to fill the space between the partition 3 and partition 6.

Note: You can further resize and move partitions using the 'Layout' toolbar button combined with theoptions below.

'Float Left', 'Float Right' and 'Fill Space'
Float LeftIf free space is available before a copied partition then the toolbar option 'Float Left' is________________

available.

Float RightIf free space is available after a copied partition then the toolbar option 'Float Right' is________________

available.

Fill SpaceIn either of the above cases the toolbar option 'Fill Space' is also available.

________________

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 32

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Float Right
Before:After:

Fill Space
Before:After:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 33

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Delete Partition
Existing partitions can be deleted by selecting the partition and taking the 'Delete Partition' toolbar button

Erase Disk
All existing partition can be removed by taking the 'Erase Disk' toolbar option, This option can be useful to free
up space by deleting multiple partitions with one click, however, existing partitions will be automatically deleted if
copied partitions overlap their start or end sector.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 34

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Using Layout for precise positioning
The 'Layout' toolbar button is available if the selected partition on the the target drive is a copied partition thatcan be resized/moved or a drive letter can be chosen after the clone/restore operation.
Example:The partition can

By dragging the right edge of the partition, by changing the Size GB + MB values, orbe resized:

by moving the size slider.

The partition can

By dragging directly, by changing the Before or After GB + MB values, or by moving

be positioned:

the before / after sliders to increase/decrease space.

The GB and MB values are added together. In the example above the Size is 126GB + 408MB = 126.4
GB or 129,432MB.

Minimum Size

Floats the partition to the left and sets the partition to the minimum shrinkable size

Maximum Size

Extends the partition to fill the available spacev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 35

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Revert

Sets the partition to the offset and size when the dialog was opened.

Note: Free space can be made available either before or after by, deleting existing adjacent partitions or
by shrinking or moving adjacent restored partitions.

Existing Backups View
We've renamed the 'Restore' tab in v7 to 'Existing Backups' and added extra functionality and backup file
representation.

As well as the existing functionality in Macrium Reflect v7, we've added new functions to sort files, view them incontext of the backup set and locate and view your backup logs.
View your backup files in a backup set tree or a flat list to easily sort by date or file namev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 36

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide'Folders To Search' is now implemented as a selectable list of one or all folders.

We've added the ability to directly view backup logs for a backup file, either by definition or for the file itself:

You can now also open the backup containing folder directly in Windows Explorer

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 37

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

And edit the comment in existing backup files

File and Folder Backup Wizard
We've improved the user interface for adding folders to your File and Folder backups.
Click 'Add Source' to open the 'Add Source Folders' dialog:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 38

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select folders in the Explorer Tree view to add them to the list of source folders to backup.
You can also type a path in the auto-complete edit control above the selected folders list to manually add a paththat can't be located in the folder tree, a network share for example.

Note: A dismissible warning message is shown if a drive root folder is selected for backup:

Click 'OK' when complete to return to the main Wizard page.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 39

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select and deselect sub-folders in the folder tree. Click 'Edit Source Folder Filters' for further filtering options:

Note: Filters apply to source root and sub-folders. If a sub-folder is selected when 'Edit Source Folder
Filters' is clicked then the following dismissible message box is shown:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 40

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Press 'Enter' after entering inclusions and exclusions and they are now grouped below the edit field
for easy editing

File Name Parameters
Run time parameters enable dynamic information to be included in backup file names at run time.
In the Image and File and Folder backup dialog simply type '{' or press the '{' button at the end of the file nameedit field:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 41

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The selected parameter from the pop-up menu will be inserted into the file name at the edit position.
All parameters are evaluated at run time, and an example of the output is shown in the formatted file name and path
below the edit field.

Note: The File name 'Set prefix' (IMAGEID above) is evaluated based on the backup set and isn't
selectable from the parameters list.

Note: The timestamp used for the time fields may differ by a few seconds to the backup time recorded forthe backup. This is because the backup file name is created before the completion of the Volume
Snapshot and the actual backup start time.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 42

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Parameter

Description{REFLECTVER}

Macrium Reflect major minor and build number (9.9.9999){BACKUPTYPE}

Full, Diff or Inc{COMPRESSION}

None, Med or High{AES}

Clear, None, 128, 192 or 256
Where 'Clear' is no password and 'None' is password with no AES{WINVER}

Windows major minor and build number (9.9.99999){PCNAME}

The PC NetBIOS name

{USERNAME}

The Windows account name running Macrium Reflect{USERDOMAIN}

The Windows account domain running Macrium Reflect{ISODATE}

Current backup formatted date and time (YYYY-MM-DDTHH.MM.SS){YYYY}

Year with century, as a number{YY}

Year without century, as a number (00 - 99){MM}Month as a number (01 - 12){MNAME}

Full month name

{MNAMESHORT}

Abbreviated month name{WEEKNUMM}

Week number (00 - 53). The 1st Monday is the 1st day of week 1{WEEKNUMS}

Week number (00 - 53). The 1st Sunday is the 1st day of week 1{DD}Day of month as a number (01 - 31){WDNAME}

Full weekday name

{WDNAMESHORT}

Abbreviated weekday namev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 43

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Parameter

Description{WDNUMMON}

Weekday as a number (1 - 7; Monday is 1){WDNUMSUN}

Weekday as a number (0 - 6; Sunday is 0){HH}

Hour in 24-hour format (00 - 23){HH12}

Hour in 12-hour format (01 - 12){AMPM}

A.M./P.M. indicator for 12-hour clock{MIN}

Minute as a number (00 - 59){SS}

Second as a number (00 - 59)

viBoot Virtual Box Support
We’ve added direct support for Oracle VirtualBox by implementing .mrimg to .vmdk file virtualization. VirtualBox
provides an alternative to Microsoft Hyper-V for instant image virtualization. VirtualBox v6.1.4 can be run on
Windows 8/Server 2012 R2 and later regardless of whether the native OS includes a Windows Hypervisor layer. In
addition, VirtualBox includes a USB pass-through virtual device that enables USB drives, including flash, to beaccessible from inside the Virtual Machine.
viBoot can be switched between Hyper-V and VirtualBox mode using the ‘Tools’ menu:
Note: VirtualBox less than v6.1.4 cannot be run on Windows where Microsoft Hyper-V service is running.
Microsoft Hyper-V feature must be disabled for VirtualBox 6.0.xx to function. Please run "bcdedit / set
hypervisorlaunchtype off" after disabling Hyper-V feature from "Turn Windows features on or off"

Macrium viBoot will be restarted after changing Hypervisor mode. This doesn’t affect the state of existing VMs,
whether they are running or not:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 44

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Performance Warning
If VirtualBox v6.1.4 (or later) is installed alongside Microsoft Hyper-V, VMs will not run with optimum
performance.
See the VirualBox Change Log for more information on this.
The current hypervisor type is shown in the application title bar:

Booting an image directly from Macrium Reflect
An image that contains the Windows System and Boot partition(s) can be directly booted from the 'Restore' view inMacrium Reflect.
Boot architecture

Required Partitions
MBR - Master Boot

Boot partition: This may be the same partition as drive 'C:' but is likely to be a separate

Recordsmall (100 to 300 MB) partition named the Microsoft System Reserved partition or MSR.
Windows partition: This is the partition that contains the Windows OS and will be drive C:

UEFI - Unified

UEFI System Partition: A small FAT32 LBA formatted partition that doesn;'t have a drive

Extensible Firmware

letter.

Interface

Windows partition: This is the partition that contains the Windows OS and will be drive C:

If an image contains the partitions required for booting then the 'viBoot' option will be available in the toolbar and in
the context menu:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 45

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Otherwise the option will be disabled:

To boot an image directly with viBoot.

1. Click the 'Restore tab.
2. Select the image.
3. Click the 'viBoot Image' toolbar button or menu option.

4. If viBoot can launch, the viBoot Hyper-V settings dialog will start.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 46

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. Make any changes to the VM properties and click 'Finish'

The VM will now start and boot directly into Windows.

Starting the viBoot create Virtual Machine Wizard from Macrium Reflect.
Take the 'Restore' > 'Launch Macrium viBoot' menu option

Or, click the 'Launch Macrium viBoot' task link on the Restore tab.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 47

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This will start the the viBoot Virtual Machine User Interface.

Launching viBoot as a standalone application
viBoot is installed by default during the standard Macrium Reflect installation and can be started using the installed
shortcut:

Main Windowv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 48

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The “Virtual Machines” view (1), displays the name of the viBoot created virtual machine, the current state of thevirtual machine (Off, Running, etc) and the current CPU usage of the virtual machine. Selecting a Hyper-V virtual
machine in the “Virtual Machines” view (1) will update the “Mounted Images” view (2) to list the Macrium Reflect
images that are being referenced by the virtual machine.
The “Mounted Images” view (2), displays the path of the image file(s) used to create the virtual drive(s), the physicaldrive number assigned to the drive by Windows, the partition type of the drive (MBR or GPT) and the drive capacity.
The "Log" view (3), shows a record of the actions taken by viBoot.

Main Window Commands
Menu Item

Sub Menu Item

Description

VirtualConnect

Connect to a virtual machine.

New...

Display the viBoot Wizard to create a new virtual machine.

Backup...

Create a Disk image of the selected virtual machine.

Delete...

Delete the selected virtual machine.

Machinev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 49

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Menu Item

Tools

Sub Menu Item

Description

Start

Start the selected virtual machine.

Shut down

Shut down the selected virtual machine.

Turn off

Turn off the selected virtual machine.

Pause

Pause the selected virtual machine.

Reset

Reset the selected virtual machine.

Exit

Exit the Macrium viBoot application.

Log

Toggle the Log window display,

Options...

Configure the virtual machine repository folder, and logging options.

RefreshReload virtual machines and mounted images.

Hypervisor

Hyper-V
VirtualBox
This menu option is only available if VirtualBox 6.1.4 (or later) is installed on a
PC running Hyper-V.

Help

Contents...

This help content.

About Macrium

viBoot version and copyright notice.

viBoot...

Tip
You can right-click on the virtual machine pane to display the "Virtual Machine" menu as a context menu.
Macrium viBoot toolbar:
Displays the viBoot Wizard which allows you to create a new virtual machine.

Create an Image of the currently selected Virtual Machine.

Deletes the currently selected virtual machine.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 50

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Refresh the list virtual machines and states.

Configure the virtual machine repository folder, and logging options.

Displays this help content.

New VM Wizard
The "Welcome" page provides a brief introduction and explains some of the limitations of virtualization.

Select Image Files allows you to add one or more Macrium Reflect image files to be used for the virtual machine.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 51

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The first boot-able disk will be marked as the boot disk. If there are multiple disks that are boot-able, these can be
set to be the boot disk by selecting the disk and clicking the " S et as Boot" button.
Hyper-V VM & VirtualBox Settings allows you to configure the virtual machine. The RAM and CPU are limited tomatch the host computer. If the number of processors is set to "Automatic", viBoot will interrogate the Windows
settings from the image files to set the correct number of processors. A Virtual Switch of "<None>" ensures that the
new virtual machine is not connected to the network.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 52

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

VirtualBox VM settings are similar to Hyper-V except that NAT and Bridged Adapter options are supported. Thesecan be changed later via VirtualBox Manager.
Please see VirtualBox documentation for more details.

Please note that no changes whatsoever, are made to the original image files.

Options
The “Options” button on the Macrium viBoot main toolbar, will display the “Options” dialog box. From here you can
modify some of the behavior of Macrium viBoot.
The “Virtual Machine Repository” specifies the folder that Macrium viBoot will use to store Virtual Machine
configurations and the virtual machine drive cache.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 53

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium viBoot writes a log of actions taken by the application. This file is saved to "%LOCALAPPDATA%\Temp\Macrium". The log file is configured by the following options:
Log level - Controls type of information written to the log file:
Critical
Error
Warning
Information
Debug
Maximum number of files - Number of log files to keep before purging. A value of zero will disable this check.
Days to keep - Log files older than the specified number will be purged. A value of zero will disable this check.
Maximum log file size(MB) - Maximum file size for the log file, before a new log file is created. A value of zero will
disable this check.

Removable Media Imaging and Cloning Support
v8.0 includes support for imaging and cloning USB Flash drives. Flash drives can be imaged and cloned using thesame functionality, and UI, as regular internal disk drives. USB Flash drives can be cloned to other USB flash drives
or internal disks. Flash drives show in the Reflect main window alongside internal disks:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 54

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: Removable media does not support the creation of Microsoft Volume Shadow Copies. To
successfully image and clone removable drives Macrium Reflect must first dismount the drive volume(s). This means that any open files currently accessing the volume(s) on the flash drives being imaged orcloned will be invalidated. In most cases this won't cause any problems, Explorer will gracefully close, forexample, however, please ensure that any applications that might try to write to the volumes during
imaging or cloning are closed before proceeding.
A warning message will be displayed when saving a new image or clone definition where currently
mounted removable media is defined as a source.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 55

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Redesigned Log View
The Log view page has been extensively redesigned in v8 to make locating logs much easier. We've also improved
the performance when accessing and searching large quantities of logs, as may be necessary when running IntraDaily backups.
The Log View now has a 'Filter' tab that lists logs according to the filter selections at the top of the tab:

Tab switch on

If enabled, a double click or taking the 'View' toolbar or context menu option will cause thelog open:

newly opened log tab to be selected and opened.
If not enabled, the log list will retain the focus and the newly opened log tab will glow for ashort time to draw attention to its location.

Clear Filters:

Type:

Returns all filter options to the default 'All' state.

All Types
Image
Image Restore
File Folder Backup
File Folder Restore
Clone

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 56

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Activity

All Logs
Today
Last 7 Days
Last 30 Days
LatestIn Range

StatusSuccessful
FailedWarning
Cancelled

BackupAll backup definitions with a log for the selected type.

Definition:

The 'View Latest' toolbar button provides a quick shortcut to show the latest logs of the selected status or for all
statuses:

Double clicking a log line, or taking the 'View' context menu opens the selected log in a new tab:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 57

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The latest tab opened is inserted to the right of the filter tab, and has sub tabs for the HTML log, VSS log, and forFile and Folder, lists of copied and deleted files.
Error logs have red color coded tabs, and all tabs show an icon indicating the log 'state'.

Intra-Daily Schedules
Intra-Daily Frequency
Macrium Reflect v8.0 now includes Intra-Daily scheduling of backups for a minimum of 15 minute intervals between
start times for selected days.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 58

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: Intra-daily schedules in the 'Scheduled Backups' tab will show the task description as provided byWindows. This will be localized and shows the start time and duration rather than the end time:e.g., Every 15 minutes from 09:00 for 8 hour(s)We are aware of this issue and we're considering options to overcome the inconsistency.

We've also added an 'Intra-daily Backup Set' Template to assist with setting up common use cases for this newscheduling frequency:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 59

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The default template defines the following backups:
Full at 09:00 on the first Monday of each month.
Differential every weekday morning at 09:00
Incrementals between 09:00 and 17:30 every weekday.
Retention:
Retain 12 Full backups
Retain 4 Differential backups

Intra-Daily Stealth Modev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 60

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: Intra-Daily scheduled scripts, PowerShell, VB-Script or MS-DOS Batch files, must be regenerated tobe compatible with Stealth mode. An extra parameter is passed in the schedule command and this needs
to be processed by the script.

Stealth mode is set by taking 'Other Tasks' > 'Edit Defaults' > 'Advanced' > 'Intra-Daily'

Intra-daily backups can generate frequent and often unnecessary interruptions and log activity. Stealth Mode solves
this problem by suppressing non-essential notifications and logs:
Suppress the Backup Start dialog.

Never show the Backup Start dialog that is shown when a scheduled backup istriggered.
Note: This overrides the default setting for the dialog.

Only show Failed, Cancelled andTaskbar popups and notifications will not be shown for successful backups.

Warning completion notifications.

Only generate essential logs.
__________________________________

v5

Logs will only be generated for Failed, Warning or Cancelled backups, and File andFolder backups when any file is changed, added or removed.

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 61Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: To mitigate against the possibility of missed backups going
unnoticed, a future release of Macrium Reflect will include a daily summary
exception to compare expected schedule backups with a daily summary of
backups run.

_____________________________________________________________________

Intra-Daily Stealth mode is enabled by default, and if an Intra-daily schedule is selected then the following dialog isshown:

Click 'Stealth Mode Settings' to open the defaults dialog to change or confirm.
Select 'Do not show this again' to stop this message being shown in the future.
You can re-enable by taking 'Other Tasks' > Edit Defaults' > 'Advanced' > 'Miscellaneous'.

Download and install your purchaseThank you for purchasing Macrium Reflect v8.0. To help you quickly install your purchased product please see
below.

Quick Start
Installing a v7 to v8 upgrade key
Simply check for updates in your v7 install and follow the instruction. Your v8 key will be automatically provided
so there's no need to enter it.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 62

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For more help and information see Installing a Macrium Reflect v7 to v8 Upgrade
Installing a v8 full product key
Download the Macrium Reflect Download Agent , enter your license key, click 'Download' and follow the
instruction.

For more help and information see Installing Macrium Reflect

Related articles:
Installing a Macrium Reflect v7 to v8 Upgrade
Installing Macrium Reflect
Installing and updating Macrium Reflect offline
Unique Registration CodeUpgrade FAQ
Upgrading to v8 from v6

Installing a Macrium Reflect v7 to v8 UpgradeThis article explains how to download and install Macrium Reflect v8 upgrades.
Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 with a v7 key entitled to a free upgradeUpgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 from an existing v7 Installation using a purchased upgrade key
Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 without an existing installation of v7
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 63

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

License key format
Related articles
We've made upgrading from v7 an easy process, and v8 is fully compatible with Images, backup definitions andsettings created with v7. See New in Version 8 for more information on what's available.

You can purchase upgrade keys using our online Renewal Wizard here: https://www.macrium.com/upgrade-renewal-wizard

Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 with a v7 key entitled to a free upgradeFree upgrades to v8 from v7 are available to customers with an active Support and Maintenance subscription and forv7 keys purchased on or after 15th November 2020.

Before you begin, ensure that you are at the latest release of Macrium Reflect v7 by taking the 'Other
Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option.
If your v7 key isn't currently installed, then please install before upgrading.

1. Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option:

2. The following message prompt is displayed:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 64

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click 'Now' to upgrade immediately.

Note: If you click 'Never' then further attempts to update your installation will only check for v7
updates. To override this hold the 'Ctrl' key down when you take the 'Check for updates..' menu
option.

3. Your new key will be shown in the following message box:

To save your key for future reference, use the 'Copy' button to copy your new key to the Windows clipboard
Clicking 'Continue' or 'Copy' will download the Full Macrium Reflect v8 Installer for your purchased edition.
The installer will start automatically and your new v8 key will be pre-populated in the installation.

Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 from an existing v7 Installation using apurchased upgrade key
The v8 upgrade purchasing process will automatically assign your new v8 key to your v7 installation.
Before you begin, ensure that you are at the latest release of Macrium Reflect v7 by taking the 'Other
Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option.

1. Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 65

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The following message prompt is displayed:

Click 'Now' to download the Full Macrium Reflect v8 Installer for your purchased edition. The installer will
start automatically.
Click 'Later' to repeat the next time you check for updates.
Click 'Never' not to be prompted again.
To override this hold the 'Ctrl' key down when you take the 'Check for updates..' menu option.

Note: If your purchases v8 upgrade key has already been installed then you will not be offered thev8 install option.

Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 without an existing installation of v7
Following the normal Installing Macrium Reflect procedure and enter your purchased v8 key from your purchasereceipt.

License key format
Note: If you are unable to locate your v7 keys then please see this page https://www.macrium.com/myorders/index to request your order history

Macrium reflect v7 keys

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 66

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Product

Key format

v7 Home56-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v7 Workstation

57-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v7 Server

58-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v7 Server Plus

59-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

Macrium reflect v8 keys
Product

Key format

v8 Home76-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v8 Workstation

77-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v8 Server

78-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

v8 Server Plus

79-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXX

Related articles
Upgrade FAQ
Troubleshooting installer issues

Installing Macrium Reflect
Release Notes
The latest release notes for Macrium Reflect v8 can be found here: http://updates.macrium.com/reflect/v8/latest_release_notes.asp

For additional information on upgrading v7 to v8 please see Installing a Macrium Reflect v7 to v8 UpgradeThis article explains how to install Macrium Reflect on an Internet connected PC using the Macrium Reflect
download agent.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 67

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
For a description on installing to an offline (non Internet connected) PC please see here
Downloading the Macrium Reflect Installer
Modifying the default selections
Resolving Download Issues
Related articles

Downloading the Macrium Reflect Installer
1. Click this link to download and run the Macrium Reflect Download Manager
2. If you have purchased Macrium Reflect then Click 'Enter license key' and enter your license key toautomatically download your purchased product.

To download a 30 day trial Click 'Choose Edition' and select the Macrium Reflect Edition fromthe dropdown list to the right.
Note: You can also enter your purchased license key in the trial installer once downloaded.

3. Enter the folder where the downloads will be saved to or Click '...' to select a folder.

4.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 68

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Click 'Run installer directly after downloading' to run the installation package as soon as the download
completes successfully.
Note: If you intend to install on another computer then leave this item unchecked.

5. Click Download to start downloading your installation files.

Modifying the default selections
To change which files are downloaded files click the 'Options' button before downloading.

The default, and most usual, option is 'Reflect Installer Only'. Windows 7 and later installation alreadyinclude a 'Windows Recovery Environment' (WinRE), and this is the best choice for creating Macrium
Reflect rescue media. Other Windows PE environments chosen when building your rescue media will be
downloaded on demand.
It's only necessary to include 'Rescue Components' when downloading if installing to a PC without
an Internet connection, and Windows RE isn't available on the offline PC.

By default, the most appropriate installation for your PC will be selected for download. This is based on operating
system, architecture, and existing rescue media components.
Select download options and architecture.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 69

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Reflect Installer and

Downloads both the Macrium Reflect installer and the default Windows PE

PE Components

component files for currently running *Windows OS:
PE

Windows Version

PE

Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Server 2003, Server 2008, Server

3.1

2008R2PE

All other Windows versions.

10*This is the default option for Windows Vista and XP

Reflect Installer Only

Downloads the Macrium Reflect installer for the chosen trial or entered license key.
This is the default option for Windows 7 and later

PE 3 (WAIK)

Downloads the Windows PE 3.1 components to file PE3x86.zip or PE3x64.zip

PE 4 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 4 components to file PE4x86.zip or PE4x64.zip

PE 5 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 5 components to file PE5x86.zip or PE5x64.zip

PE 10 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 10 components to file PE10x86.zip or PE10x64.zip

For more information on the different versions of Windows PE see this help page.

The 'PE 3, PE 4, PE 5 or PE 10 Components only' options can be used to download just the PE
component files. The downloaded .zip file can be supplied when building the Windows PE rescue media
or copied to a different PC.

Resolving Download Issues
Download Failures (Error Code: 1)
Download failures can generally be attributed to either an unstable internet connection or anti virus/malware softwareinterfering with the download. Please try the following steps to resolve the issue
Reboot the computer to clear any internet cache filesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 70

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Disable anti virus/malware software for the duration of the download and installation of Macrium Reflect.
Download the Macrium Reflect installer on it's own. If the internet connection is unstable, the prolonged
download of WinPE components can be postponed and attempted from within the Macrium Reflect software
Perform a Clean Boot of Microsoft Windows (see: this link for more help) to remove any third party
components possibly affecting the download
Download the installer on another computer

MD5 Checksum Failures (Error Code: 2)
MD5 checksum failures can generally be attributed to either an unstable internet connection or anti virus/malware
software. Please try the following steps to resolve the download issue:
Reboot the computer to clear any internet cache files
Anti virus/malware or another third party process has either locked or quarantined the downloaded file
preventing the MD5 check. Temporarily disable these forms of software for the duration of the download an
install process
Perform a Clean Boot of Microsoft Windows (see: this link for more help) to remove any third party
components possibly affecting the download

Related articles
Upgrade FAQ
Troubleshooting installer issues

Installing and updating Macrium Reflect offline
This article explains how to install Macrium Reflect on a PC that isn't connected to the Internet. For information on
installing on an Internet connected PC please see here.
Download the installer and PE components.
Offline installation of your purchased license.
Ensuring your software is up to date.
How to identify the architecture of your target machine.
Related articles
Macrium Reflect uses an Internet connection to:
Download the installer and Microsoft components to enable building of the PE based rescue environment
Validation of your license during installation.
Notification and download of updates

This article refers to the machine you wish to install Reflect on as the "target PC" and the machine
connected to the Internet as the "online PC".

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 71

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You will need access to a computer that is connected to the Internet and a device to copy files to thetarget PC.

Download the installer and PE components.
Download the Macrium Reflect Download Agent to your PC and run it.
Select Choose the edition or select Enter license key and enter your key.

The download agent is automatically configured for the computer it is running on. You will need to reconfigure it toreflect your target PC instead. Do this by clicking the Options button.

Choose the download architecture - 32 or 64 bit - for your offline PC. See the "How to identify the architecture ofyour target machine" at the end of this article.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 72

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The default, and most usual, option is 'Reflect Installer Only'. Windows 7 and later installation alreadyinclude a 'Windows Recovery Environment' (WinRE), and this is the best choice for creating Macrium
Reflect rescue media.
It's only necessary to include 'Rescue Components' when downloading if installing to XP or Vista,
or if Windows RE isn't available on the offline PC.

OptionDescription

Reflect Installer and PE

Downloads both the Macrium Reflect installer and the default Windows PE

Components

component files for XP and VistaPE

Windows Version

PE

Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Server 2003, Server 2008,

3.1

Server 2008R2

PE

All other Windows versions.

10This is the best option for Windows Vista and XP

Reflect Installer Only

Downloads the Macrium Reflect installer for the chosen trial or entered license key.
This is the best option for Windows 7 and later if the offline PC includes
Windows RE.

PE 3 (WAIK)

Downloads the Windows PE 3.1 components to file PE3x86.zip or PE3x64.zip

PE 4 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 4 components to file PE4x86.zip or PE4x64.zip

PE 5 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 5 components to file PE5x86.zip or PE5x64.zip

PE 10 (WADK)

Downloads the Windows PE 10 components to file PE10x86.zip or PE10x64.zip

For more information on the different versions of Windows PE see this help page.

If you require the same PE version as the default Windows PE component files for this PC (seetable above)
Select 'Reflect installer and PE components'. This will download the required files in one download
step. Click OK, then un-check "Run installer directly after downloading", and Click download.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 73

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

If you require a specific PE version
This will require two downloads. First, select 'Reflect Installer Only', click OK, then un-check 'Run
installer directly after downloading', and Click download. After the first download is complete, click'Options' again, choose the desired 'PE X rescue components only', click 'OK' and then Click'Download'.

Once the download(s) complete, you will find two new files in the folder saved to...

The file names will vary dependent on your selections. There will be an installer .exe file and a PE
components zip file.
Copy these two files to your target PC and run the installer ensuring that the zip file is in the same
folder. You will then be able to install your software and generate PE rescue CDs.

Offline installation of your purchased license.
Note: This step is not necessary for the Free or Trial Editions of Macrium Reflect.
When you run the installer on your target PC, instead of the automatic activation, you will be given an activation
code. 189S-N9PK-ADV in the example below.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 74

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Navigate to http://www.macrium.com/keyregistration.aspx on your online PC and enter your license
key and activation code.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 75

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click 'Submit' and you will receive an offline key as shown below.

Enter the Offline key in the install dialog to complete installation.

Ensuring your software is up to date.
Note: For online installations, update notifications and patching is automatic.
Check the change log web page periodically for updates. If you see an update that is relevant to your system, follow
the steps in 1. above, but choose the 'Reflect Installer' option in the download agent.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 76

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How to identify the architecture of your target machine.
Run msinfo32 (type Windows Key + R and then type msinfo32) and note the system type.
x86-based PC indicates that the target machine is 32 bit and x64-based PC indicates a 64bit system.

Related articles
Upgrade FAQ
Troubleshooting installer issues

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 77

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Unique Registration CodeRegistering your installation of Macrium Reflect Free or Trial of Home, Server or Server Plus requires entering a
Unique Registration Code to confirm your registration.

Registration is mandatory for business installations and optional for home users.

If you don't have a registration code or if you have previously registered but don't have the code handy then click'Get My Code'.
If you haven't previously registered then you will be emailed a link to an online registration to continue:
For business users:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 78

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For home users:

If you have already registered or after completing the form above you will receive an email containing yourRegistration Code to enter in the installer.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 79

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Thank you for your interest in Macrium Reflect.
Your Registration Code is : !*URC*!
This code is paired with your email address. Use copy and paste to enter it when
promptedin the installer registration page.
For more information please see here:
https://knowledgebase.macrium.com/display/KNOW80/Unique+Registration+Code
We hope you find our software useful.
The Macrium TeamAt any time, you can unsubscribe or update your communication options here.
https://www.macrium.com/consent?id=!*URC*!
Please read about how we protect your privacy here.
https://www.macrium.com/terms-and-privacy-statement

Upgrade FAQIntroduction
This FAQ covers some of the commonly encountered queries regarding transitioning from Macrium Reflect v7
to v8.

How do I download the v8 Installer if I've purchased an upgrade?

Enter your v8 key in the Macrium Reflect download manager. Your v8 key will begin with 76-, 77-, 78- or
79-.
If you got an existing v7 install then there's no need to download, just take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Check for
updates' menu option and follow the prompts.
Please see Installing a Macrium Reflect v7 to v8 Upgrade
What's the difference between the Home Edition and the Workstation Edition of Macrium Reflect v7?

These two editions are functionally identical. The Workstation Edition includes an annual support andmaintenance product. This adds continual support and free major version updates for the duration of thesubscription. Year 1 is included in the the Workstation Edition product price.
Can v8 read and restore images created with Macrium Reflect v6 or v7?

Yes, v8 is backwards compatible with all Images and File and Folder backups created with earlier versionsof Macrium Reflect.
Will I need to recreate my v7 backup XML definition files?

No, your v7 backup definition files will be loaded into v8 without any conversion.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 80

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Can Version 8 be installed over v7? Will both v7 and v8 be on the hard drive? Should v7 be uninstalled first?

Versions 7 and 8 will not exist on your system at the same time. The version 8 installer will uninstall version
7, as part of the install process.
Will the old Rescue CDs still work?

Version 8 rescue media is compatible with version 7 images, however, we recommend that you update to
the latest v8 rescue media after installation..
Why can't I change the install location?

For update installs, the facility to change install location is disabled as your scheduled tasks will fail as theyreference the reflect program folder.
If you do wish to change the install location

1. Remove any scheduled tasks.
2. Uninstall Reflect.
3. Install, note now you can change the install location.
4. Setup your scheduled tasks.
After purchasing an upgrade, can I continue to use my v7 license on another computer?

The v8 upgrade is discounted on the basis that you are upgrading your license. Therefore you still are only
licensed to use reflect on a single computer. Your v7 license key will be revoked as part of the upgrade
process.

Upgrading to v8 from v6
If you have purchased a v6 to v8 upgrade, or if your v6 license key has active support and maintenance, then you
can upgrade your v6 installation to v8
Your v6 installation needs to first be upgraded to v7

Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v7 from an existing v6 Installation with afree upgrade key.
Free upgrades to v7 from v6 are available to customers with an active Support and Maintenance subscription and forv6 keys purchased on or after 26th November 2016.

Before you begin, ensure that you are at the latest release of Macrium Reflect v6 by taking the 'Other
Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option.

1. Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 811.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. The following message prompt is displayed:

Click 'Now' to upgrade immediately.

Note: If you click 'Never' then further attempts to update your installation will only check for v6
updates. To override this hold the 'Ctrl' key down when you take the 'Check for updates..' menu
option.

3. You new key will be shown in the following message box:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 82

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

To save your key for future reference, use the 'Copy' button to copy your new key to the Windows clipboard
Clicking 'Continue' or 'Copy' will download the Full Macrium Reflect v7 Installer for your purchased edition.
The installer will start automatically.
Then you can upgrade your v7 installation to v8.

Upgrading to Macrium Reflect v8 with a v7 key entitled to a free upgradeFree upgrades to v8 from v7 are available to customers with an active Support and Maintenance subscription and forv7 keys purchased on or after 15th November 2020.

Before you begin, ensure that you are at the latest release of Macrium Reflect v7 by taking the 'Other
Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option.
If your v7 key isn't currently installed, then please install before upgrading.

1. Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Check for updates' menu option:

2. The following message prompt is displayed:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 83

2.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click 'Now' to upgrade immediately.

Note: If you click 'Never' then further attempts to update your installation will only check for v7
updates. To override this hold the 'Ctrl' key down when you take the 'Check for updates..' menu
option.

3. Your new key will be shown in the following message box:

To save your key for future reference, use the 'Copy' button to copy your new key to the Windows clipboard
Clicking 'Continue' or 'Copy' will download the Full Macrium Reflect v8 Installer for your purchased edition.
The installer will start automatically and your new v8 key will be pre-populated in the installation.

Macrium Reflect Quick Start
Macrium Reflect is intuitively designed and organized with simple to follow wizards guiding you through tasks. If you
have never used backup software before, however, you might feel some trepidation, needing a little extra guidance
to get you started.
First create rescue media
Imaging disks
Backing up files and foldersv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 84

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Cloning disks
Scheduling, retention, and disk space
Restoring files and folders
Restoring images
ReDeploying computers
Scripting backup processes
Managing Macrium files in Windows

First create rescue media
We recommended that the first time you use Macrium Reflect, you create bootable rescue media before performing
any other tasks.
Click the Rescue icon to access the Rescue Media Builder wizard.

For further guidance see Creating rescue media.

Imaging disks
Disk imaging is a backup task and can be accessed from the Create Backups taskbar.

For further guidance see Creating a backup of your computer.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 85

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Differential and incremental disk images
After your first Full Image, you can run Differential and/or Incremental Images to capture changes made since theFull Image was created. Differential Images capture all changes since the Full, and Incremental Images capturechanges since the last Image. This is usually substantially faster than creating another Full backup and also gives
you the same number of restore points and flexibility. Differential and Incremental Images create Image 'sets' that
contain a chain of dependent Image files. Macrium manages these Image sets for you.
Right-click the backup definition that you want to run and select the type of image to create.

For more information see Differential and incremental disk images.

Backing up files and folders
Creating Full, Differential, and Incremental backups of specific files or folders can optimize backup speed and disk
space requirements. The wizard can be accessed from the Create Backups task bar.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 86

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For more information see Backing up files and folders.

Cloning disks
Cloning is particularly useful if you are upgrading to a new, larger hard drive or if you need to quickly swap faileddisks out of your system.
Select the disk or partition you require from the Create Backups screen and click Clone this disk.

For more information see Cloning a disk.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 87

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Scheduling, retention, and disk space
Whenever you create a backup, regardless of the type, you have the option to create a backup plan using thescheduling and retention wizard.
Click below Select a Template for your Backup Plan to select from industry best practice backup plans templates,
quick-start backup plan templates, or even templates that you have created. You can even skip over scheduling tosimply take advantage of the retention rules for managing your disk space.

You can then customize the plan to suit your needs.
You can view, edit, cancel or run scheduled backups from the Scheduled Backups screen.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 88

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backup plan templates
Macrium Reflect includes templates for automating industry best practice backup plans that help you maximize
retention for your available storage space. These can be accessed and modified, or you can create your own backup
templates.
To manage backup plan templates click Backup and select Backup Templates...

For more information about using backup templates see Scheduling backups.
For more information about retaining backups and backup plans see Retention and consolidation.

Restoring files and folders
To directly restore the contents of a file and folder backup use the Macrium Reflect file and folder restore feature.

For more information see Restoring a file and folder backup.

Restoring images
Select the Existing Backups taskbar, choose the image you want to restore, then click Restore.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 89

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For more information see Restoring an image from within Windows.
Note: If you are unable to boot Windows you can still restore an image by booting from the Macrium Reflect rescue
media and using the temporary Macrium Reflect to find and restore images.

ReDeploying computers
Macrium ReDeploy is included in all licensed editions of Macrium Reflect. With ReDeploy you can restore an image
to a replacement computer or even create various types of virtual hard drives to virtualize the machine, a techniquesometimes called Physical to Virtual or P2V. ReDeploy modifies an existing offline operating system to work withnew hardware.

1. Restore your system image to the PC being deployed before running ReDeploy.
Note: There is no need to reboot your PC after restoring an Image and before you run ReDeploy.

2. Boot the target PC with the Windows PE rescue CD or USB equivalent.
3. On the Existing Backups task pane, click ReDeploy Restored Image to new hardware.
For more information see Re-deploying Windows to new hardware using Macrium ReDeploy.

Scripting backup processes
In the Scripts tab, you can manage script files, run, or schedule them to run later. You can even create a desktop
shortcut for convenience.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 90

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Managing Macrium files in Windows
Wherever you browse for files in Windows programs or Windows Explorer, you can find Macrium Reflect functions
by right-clicking on drives or Macrium files. If you have file extensions showing, Macrium files have the extensions .
mrimg for images or .mrbak for file and folder backups. Otherwise, you can look for the icons.
With Macrium Reflect installed, directly from Windows you can:Image drives
Run Macrium XML definition files
Mount and unmount images for browsing
View file Macrium properties in the file properties dialog
See comments in Windows Explorer columns
See a popup summary of the file contents by hovering the mouse pointerNote though, the best way to view backup sets is in the Macrium Reflect interface itself where it can automaticallycollate the multiple files involved in incremental and differential backups and you can manage them as a set.

Windows Explorer shell integration
Macrium Reflect is integrated with Windows Explorer giving you the following features:
Context-sensitive menus
Windows Explorer columns.mrimg and .mrbak file properties
File Infotips
Extended support for Reflect XML definition files

Context-sensitive menusv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 91

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Context-sensitive menus
Right-click on Reflect .mrimg and .mrbak files to Explore Image or Restore an image.

You can then right-click on the disk to unmount the image

You can also image individual drives by selecting the drive, right-clicking, and selecting the Macrium
Reflect option then Create a Macrium Image of this partition...

Windows Explorer columns
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 92

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Windows Explorer columns
You can add columns in Windows Explorer to show the Backup Method and the comments stored with the backups.
Open a folder containing Macrium Reflect backup files, right-click on any Explorer column heading and select More...

Scroll and select Backup Comment and Backup Methodv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 93

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The columns are then added to the Explorer view:.mrimg and .mrbak file properties
Right-click and select Properties to view the Macrium Reflect properties pane on image and backup files. This
gives information about the file such as the backup method and time of backup as well as volumes or folders thathave been backed up.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 94

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

File Infotips
Hover the mouse over a Macrium image or backup file, you can get a brief summary of the file including the file type
(Image or Backup), backup method, compression level, and if the file is password protected.

Extended support for Reflect XML definition files
You can run full, differential, and incremental backups by right-clicking on XML definition files. Select the Macrium
Reflect option and then the backup type you wish to perform.

Reviewing your backup history
Macrium Reflect makes it easy to access logs of all types of backups and restores. Logs can be searched for using
the 'Logs' tab and directly accessed from backup files in the 'Existing Backups' tabs.

Accessing logs from the 'Existing Backups' tab
Select the 'Existing Backups' tab, select 'Image' or 'File and Folder' and right click on the backup file ofinterest.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 95

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide'View Backup Logs' enables all logs to be viewed for the Backup Definition that created the file or the individual
backup, either in the Macrium Log Viewer or in your default web browser.

Navigating Logs in the Macrium Log Viewer
Click the Logs tab in the main user interface

Logs are initially sorted in descending date order and there's a log 'Filter' at the top of the page to quickly search forlogs of interest.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 96

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User GuideType:

All Types
Image
Image Restore
File and Folder Backup
File and Folder Restore
Clone
SQL Backup
SQL Restore
Exchange Backup
Exchange Restore

Status:Successful
FailedWarning
Cancelled

BackupAll backup definitions with a log for the selected type.

Definition

Tab switch

If enabled , a double click or taking the 'View' toolbar or context menu option will cause the newly

on open

opened log tab to be selected and opened.
If not enabled , the log list will retain the focus and the newly opened log tab will glow for a shorttime to draw attention to its location.

Clear filters

Returns all filter options to the default 'All' state.

Activity

All logs
Today
Last 7 Days
Last 30 Days
Latest - The last backups for the current selection criteria
In Range - From and To dates with a 'Filter button to generate the list:

Accessing logs in the log list
'View' Button

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 97

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The log will then open in a new tab.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 98

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
If the log has a VSS log, this can be viewed by selecting VSS.

Open logs can be saved, opened in a browser, printed, or emailed.

Once you have finished viewing the log, you can close the open log by selecting the X icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 99

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You can purge your logs by selecting the Purge icon.
This will open the log file purge settings in the Reflect Defaults.

Removing your License key when Upgrading your PC

This article covers the procedure for removing a purchased license key from one computer so it can betransferred to another computer, such as when a computer is replaced due to upgrading your computer or so it
can be restored to the same computer after a major upgrade.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 100

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Please note that a separate license key is required on each computer on which Macrium Reflect isinstalled. The transfer of a license key from one computer to another is only allowed for legitimate upgrade/replacement purposes.

1. Make sure you have a record of your license key:Your license key was sent by e-mail when you originally purchased. Your license key can also be found in
the Help menu of Macrium Reflect by selecting About Macrium Reflect...
Lost keys can also be retrieved here:http://www.macrium.com/account/myorders.aspx

2. Remove your license key and uninstall Macrium Reflect:
Open Macrium Reflect in your old computer and making sure it is connected to the Internet, then in the Help
menu select Remove License...

The following dialog is displayed:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 101

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Ensure there is a tick against Uninstall Reflect and click OK.
Macrium Reflect will uninstall and your license key will be removed making it available to be used on yourreplacement computer or original computer after a major upgrade.

More information:
You can download installers and license keys by entering your email address here:http://www.macrium.com/account/myorders.aspx
You should create a new Windows PE rescue CD on your new hardware.

Backup Internals: What is VSS, how does it work and why do we useit?
As happens sometimes, our more technically minded customers question a system that “just works”. We like these
sort of customers, as they keep us on our toes. In this specific case, the question was is it safe to continue using mycomputer during imaging and the answer is yes, although the longer explanation is much more involved. After theensuing discussion, one of our community members suggested we write this information up as a FAQ entry
somewhere and internally we felt it was worth preserving the information from that thread, so this blog post is anextended, polished version of our notes there.
Reflect can take an image of a live system. How does this work?

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 102

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

A simple disk write
Internally Macrium Reflect relies on a Microsoft Windows component called VSS, which stands for Volume Shadow
Storage. Microsoft’s VSS operates by taking what is called a copy on write snapshot of your system. This allocates asmall temporary storage space. Then, every time you write to a part of your disk, the information on the disk is first
copied to the snapshot before allowing the write to take place.

VSS in use
This technique makes VSS quite efficient. A snapshot only contains as much data as has changed since thesnapshot started – you do not need an entire copy of your disk. Also, writes are only affected for used space – freespace does not need to copy anything, as there is no original to preserve.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 103

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Reading data
However there is another side to this advantage. The more writes made after the snapshot springs into existence,
the more VSS must store. So if you perform an excessive amount of disk activity during imaging, the snapshot
storage space may become large. VSS imposes a cap on this space, and should a snapshot attempt to exceed it,
VSS will stop its copy on write behaviour and delete the temporary storage.
Once the snapshot is finished with, the space can be freed up again – so the temporary storage space is only
needed during use.
What determines where this storage space is?
There is no magic to this – VSS chooses sensible defaults based on your available drives. This configuration can ofcourse be altered and Microsoft provide a tool for this called VSSAdmin.
Is the data taken at a point in time really consistent?
This is a difficult question to which there is no straightforward answer. As you may have realized already, if a copy isin progress when the snapshot starts, only the completed part of the copy will be included in the snapshot. The restof it will count as new writes and the old, inconsistent blocks will be copied to the snapshot!
To understand how VSS gets around this we need to understand a little more about VSS architecture so I’ll introduce
three terms:
Provider: in VSS land, a provider provides the VSS service and is responsible for all the co-ordination
elements. Essentially this is the “core” of VSS. Microsoft include a VSS Provider with Windows, and Reflect
uses this. (Technically speaking, there are two components, the co-ordinator and the provider, however, forsimplicity we have combined these for the purposes of explaining VSS.)v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 104

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Requester: a requester is, as you might expect from the name, an application that requests a snapshot to
be made. This request goes to the provider.
Writers: these components provide a mechanism for applications to be alerted to the creation of a snapshot,so they can prepare their data for snapshotting. VSS providers can notify VSS writers that a snapshot has
been created, and the VSS writer can then perform the appropriate action. Once the snapshot has beentaken, the provider again notifies the writers, so they may let the applications resume.
VSS Writers are an important part of VSS for certain environments. Imagine you are running a heavily loaded
database server in production, or a virtual machine cluster. The database server will have open and be manipulating
its database files, processing transactions etc. while the VMs are continually performing disk operations for thevirtualised OS. Taking a point-in-time snapshot might be fine but, due to the amount of IO, it is likely to catch one ormore of these services off guard in an inconsistent state.
The role of writers is to inform these applications a snapshot is about to be created. The application can thenperform any tidy up operations necessary to ensure what is on disk is consistent. The snapshot starts and theapplications are then notified they can continue. Now the on disk state should be fine.
When do I need to check my applications are VSS aware? I.e. when do I need VSS writers?
You need VSS writers for applications that perform large amounts of IO and depend heavily on the state of the files
they are writing if you wish to back them up. Virtual machine disk images are a perfect candidate for this – therunning image could easily become inconsistent.
Most applications do not write to disk in quantities of data large enough to be a problem. Many applications fromMicrosoft are also VSS aware, which helps greatly.
What about current and previous snapshots?
VSS is smart enough to keep track of its temporary storage location, and will exclude anything in it, including thecurrent temporary storage area and any persistent snapshots that have been previously created. So when the data
is read by your backup software, you only get what you need.
When is VSS in use and when is it not with regards to taking a backup?
Now a question you may not have thought of – when is VSS in use? Well, VSS solves the problem of imaging a live
system neatly, so whenever you image your system with Reflect you are probably using VSS.
There is one exception to this – we have a fall-back mechanism for live versions of 32-bit Windows client operating
systems up to Windows 7 (so XP, Vista and 7) called pssnap.sys. Reflect can use this on these systems if VSS isunavailable. pssnap provides the same copy-on-write technique as VSS, but with fewer extra features (pssnap.sys is
not a VSS provider and is independent from VSS). Why have both systems? Well, VSS is a core component of
Windows and available on every edition of Windows greater than XP SP2. We know it will be there as Microsoft arecommitted to this feature and it makes sense to use it as it is highly reliable. Before VSS we had no such mechanism
so we built our own. It is equally as reliable but we felt the feature additions of VSS and the support for writers forenterprise scenarios really meant VSS made sense.
However in the rescue environment we do not use, or need to use, either pssnap.sys or VSS. Why? Because thesystem is not in use so the data should be perfectly consistent at all times. Of course we may well end up including
persistent snapshots if they exist because without VSS they are not excluded.
You keep saying VSS is a Windows feature, yet only Reflect uses it…
Actually, that’s not true. Windows itself uses VSS for system restore points! These system restore points are thepersistent snapshots that might exist in your shadow storage.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 105

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
That’s it. If you’d like to read about VSS directly from Microsoft, you can read their article on TechNet.

Macrium Rapid Delta Clone (RDC)
As with Rapid Delta Restore (RDR) the concept of RDR has been something that has been thought about for quite
some time here at Macrium Software. We wanted to build a clone solution that would effectively and rapidly copy
only the differences between the source and target file systems. The advantage of this is obvious, RDC offers similara performance increase as an Incremental disk image offers over a Full image and enables regular clones to be a
viable and fast DR solution.

How does it work?
The NTFS file system resident on the clone source is compared with file system on the target disk. The two filesystems are first verified that they originated from the same format command and then the target NTFS file system
structures are analyzed for differences. All the NTFS file system structures are copied to the target disk and any that
do not exist or have been modified on the target disk cause the data records for each NTFS file or object to becopied as well. The result is an 'Incremental' clone applying only file system changes detected between the source
and the target.

Note: RDC works with NTFS file systems only. All other file systems will perform a full clone

Note: RDC is not available when shrinking partitions during a clone.

Rapid Delta Restore - RDR
Macrium Rapid Delta Restore (RDR)
The concept of RDR has been something that has been thought about for quite some time here at Macrium
Software. We were aware of competing technologies that offer fast restore capabilities but wanted to build something
better...
Known state restore
This method performs a restore of an incremental image to a file system at a known state. The problem with thismethod is that the the 'know state' must be prepared before hand and the target disk cannot be accessed before thefinal 'rapid' restore. This means that the target disk for the restore cannot be the original 'live' disk and a previous
restore of the same backup set must have been performed beforehand and the disk taken offline. Not very flexible.
Snapshot restore
Another method is to rely on an open Microsoft Volume Shadow copy Service (VSS) snapshot and use this torestore back to the state when the snapshot was created. Very quick, but only allows restoration back to the samedisk and the image must have been created with VSS. Again, not flexible enough for real world DR.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 106

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium RDR
Where Macrium RDR differs is that it isn't dependent on VSS and a delta restore can be perform to any disk thathas a previous copy of the imaged file system, no matter what it's current state. This means that you can restore
quickly back to the original disk (similar to the Open Snapshot) method, and have the flexibility to restore to adifferent disk that contains the same file system on it in any state.

How does RDR work?
Unlike 'Known State' and 'Snapshot' restore, the only dependency for RDR is that the target file system contains aformatted NTFS file system that is the same file system as was originally imaged. When the restore starts the disk
image is loaded, again this can be an image taken at any time, and the target NTFS file system structures areanalyzed for differences. All the NTFS file system structures are restored to the target disk and any that do not existor have been modified on the target disk cause the data records for each NTFS file or object to be restored as well.
The result is an 'Incremental' restore applying only file system changes detected between the image and the target.

Note: RDR works with NTFS file systems only. All other file systems will perform a full restore

Note: RDR is not available when shrinking partitions during a restore.

Backup, imaging and cloning
Macrium Reflect creates File and Folder backups as well as disk images including cloning complete disks. The
Macrium Reflect Server Plus for Exchange and SQL version adds MS Exchange and MS SQL Server backup
capabilities to this.
A File and Folder backup is a useful way to backup your working files, personal files, and precious data. Unlike otherbackup solutions, Macrium Reflect can backup open and locked files by using Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy
Service (VSS). You can backup your Documents folder and save the backup configuration as an XML file for easy rerunning and scheduling.
A Disk Image stores the information required to completely restore disks (or their individual partitions) exactly as they
were when the image was taken.
Cloning with Macrium Reflect creates an exact copy of partitions to a different drive. For example, Upgrading to alarger hard drive or moving from a large magnetic hard disk to a smaller and faster SSD. When you Clone a hard
drive, you can boot from the target disk on the same system after cloning.

Important
Windows cannot boot from a USB-connected drive. This is a restriction imposed by Windows. If you clone
your system disk to a USB-connected external drive then, to boot your clone, the physical disk must be
removed from the USB caddy and attached internally.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 107

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Creating a backup image of your computer, drive or partitions
Manually running a job from a configured XML backup definition
How backup sets are created and maintained
Backing up files and folders
Cloning a disk
Backing up Microsoft Exchange databases
Backing up MS SQL Databases
Creating a disk image of a single drive or partition
Differential and incremental disk images
Creating desktop shortcuts for full, incremental and differential backups
Checking VSS events when backups fail
Alternative Locations For Backups
Advanced Options
Verifying image and backup files
How to backup Hyper-V Cluster Shared Volumes

Creating a backup image of your computer, drive or partitions
Using Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) Macrium Reflect creates point-in-time persistent images ofyour system. In Addition to creating backups of all partitions required to backup and restore Windows, you canbackup all or selected drives and partitions on the PC.
Starting the Image Wizard
Setting the Image destination
Adding and Editing the Backup Plan
Displaying the Image settings
Saving the backup definition
Best practices for saving Macrium Reflect backup definition files

Starting the Image Wizard
The Image Wizard can be started in multiple ways...

1. By selecting Image selected disks on this computer.
Using this option will populate the Image Wizard with all selected disks and partitions in the application main
window.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 108

1.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. By selecting Create an image of the partition(s) required to backup and restore Windows.
Using this option will choose all the partitions required to boot Windows. This may include hidden system
partitions that are essential for Windows to start and run.
See: Windows Partitions

3. By Selecting a disk in the application main Window and click Image this disk....

4.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 109

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. By Selecting a disk in the application main Window, click on a partition, then click Actions and select Image
this partition only...

Setting the Image destination
The first page of the Image Wizard shows the selected disks and partitions to be included in your Image and allows
you to choose a destination.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 110

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In the Destination section, enter the target backup folder.
You can type the destination path or click the browse button to choose a folder. The destination path canbe on a local drive or network share.
Alternative Locations can be used to provide backup rotations or as a fail-safe for temporary unavailability of the
primary backup destination.

Note: You cannot enter a path that is located in any of the partitions included in the Image.

Run time parameters enable dynamic information to be included in backup file names at run time.
In the Image and File and Folder backup dialog simply type '{' or press the '{' button at the end of the file nameedit field:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 111

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The selected parameter from the pop-up menu will be inserted into the file name at the edit position.
All parameters are evaluated at run time, and an example of the output is shown in the formatted file name and path
below the edit field.

Note: The File name 'Set prefix' (IMAGEID above) is evaluated based on the backup set and isn't
selectable from the parameters list.

Note: The timestamp used for the time fields may differ by a few seconds to the backup time recorded forthe backup. This is because the backup file name is created before the completion of the Volume
Snapshot and the actual backup start time.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 112

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Parameter

Description{REFLECTVER}

Macrium Reflect major minor and build number (9.9.9999){BACKUPTYPE}

Full, Diff or Inc{COMPRESSION}

None, Med or High{AES}

Clear, None, 128, 192 or 256
Where 'Clear' is no password and 'None' is password with no AES{WINVER}

Windows major minor and build number (9.9.99999){PCNAME}

The PC NetBIOS name

{USERNAME}

The Windows account name running Macrium Reflect{USERDOMAIN}

The Windows account domain running Macrium Reflect{ISODATE}

Current backup formatted date and time (YYYY-MM-DDTHH.MM.SS){YYYY}

Year with century, as a number{YY}

Year without century, as a number (00 - 99){MM}Month as a number (01 - 12){MNAME}

Full month name

{MNAMESHORT}

Abbreviated month name{WEEKNUMM}

Week number (00 - 53). The 1st Monday is the 1st day of week 1{WEEKNUMS}

Week number (00 - 53). The 1st Sunday is the 1st day of week 1{DD}Day of month as a number (01 - 31){WDNAME}

Full weekday name

{WDNAMESHORT}

Abbreviated weekday namev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 113

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Parameter

Description{WDNUMMON}

Weekday as a number (1 - 7; Monday is 1){WDNUMSUN}

Weekday as a number (0 - 6; Sunday is 0){HH}

Hour in 24-hour format (00 - 23){HH12}

Hour in 12-hour format (01 - 12){AMPM}

A.M./P.M. indicator for 12-hour clock{MIN}

Minute as a number (00 - 59){SS}

Second as a number (00 - 59)

Please see How backup sets are created and maintained for more information on backup file naming.
Click Next. to edit the backup plan for this image or click Finish to save and/or run the Image now.

Adding and Editing the Backup Plan
The second page of the Image Wizard is where you create or edit your backup plan. This defines the backup
schedules and retention rules for your backup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 114

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect retention rules provide a powerful and flexible way to manage the lifetime and storage space usedby your backups.
Choose how backups are matched, and how retention rules are applied to the target folder
Retention rules are applied to the target folder of the backup by selecting one of two options:

SimilarDisk Images are purged if they contain exactly the same Partitions as the current Image.

backupPartitions are identified using the unique Disk ID stored in sector 0 of the disk and the Partition

sets in the

sector offset. Note: For GPT disks the unique GPT disk GUID is used instead of the Disk ID

targetfolder.

For File and Folder backups retention rules are applied according to the File and Folder 'Backup
Set Matching' selection.

All backup

All backup sets in the target folder of the same type (Disk Image or File and Folder) are purged

sets in theaccording the retention rules.

targetfolder.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 115

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keep

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked incremental and Differential backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked incremental backups in the same backup chain (set)are also deleted.

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained by ensuring thatthe chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup and 6
Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 incremental backups. After retention,
the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2 incrementals would
cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained incremental requires the previous 2
incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure backup integrity the 2 older incremental
backups are consolidated with it to create a new incremental backup.
F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 116

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

M

T

W

T

F

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup followed by

Synthetic

Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled forward' to create a

Full if

Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge

Note: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge calculation when

before thepurging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set IS included. This means that if you

backupset the retention count to 1 Full backup then all of your backups will be deleted and a new Fullbackup created.

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on the drive

oldestdrops below the GB threshold.

backup set

Note: The free space threshold is actioned dynamically. If the free space available drops below the(s) if lessthreshold then the running backup is temporarily paused while older backup sets are purged.

than n GB

Click Next to view a summary of all settings for this image or click Finish to save and/or run the Image now.

Displaying the Image settings
The final page of the Image Wizard displays all settings used for creating this image.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 117

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click Finish to Run and/or save your Image definition.

Saving the backup definition
You are now given the opportunity to save the backup options.
The backup Save Options Dialog enables you to save your backup options as a re-usable XML definition file.

This is essential for many operations in Reflect including Scheduling and creating Incremental andDifferential backups

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 118

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Run this backup now

Create a 'Full' backup now using the backup definition

Save to an XML file

Saving your definition enables you to:Re-run the same backup without stepping through the wizard
Run Incremental and Differential backups
Schedule your backups
Create a Desktop shortcut for running with one click

Name for this backup

Enter a meaningful name for this definition

definition

Choose a folder to save the XML definition to.
Always save to a local folder. It isn't necessary to save the definition to the same
folder as your backup target

Note: Always save your definition to a local drive and never to a passwordprotected network share.

See also: Manually running a job from a configured XML backup definitionv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 119

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Best practices for saving Macrium Reflect backup definition files
Regardless of your PC environment, leaving your backup definition files in an insecure location is bad practice. The
effort required to ensure your files are secure is minimal and doesn't impede day to day usage of Macrium Reflect.
What's the problem?
Backup definition (.xml) files are used to initiate backups either interactively by using Macrium Reflect directly, or asscheduled tasks using the Windows Tasks Scheduler. If you save your backup definitions to a publicly accessible
folder then these can be edited by standard users and could potentially compromise your system. In addition, it'salso possible to create batch files, either MS-DOS, PowerShell or VBScript, to automatically run during your backups
as described here. A restricted user with bad intentions could easily create a batch file to run with elevated privileges
when a scheduled or interactive backup runs.
The default, and recommended, location for your backup definitions is folder 'C:\users\<USER
NAME>\documents\reflect'. When running Reflect for the first time this location is created and defaulted whensaving. See Backup Save Options for more information on how to save your definitions.
This folder is automatically restricted for standard users and can only be accessed by Administrators and the local
SYSTEM account.
To see assigned NTFS permissions right click on any folder, select 'Properties' and click the 'Security' tab:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 120

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In the above example only SYSTEM, Dev (the Macrium Reflect user) and the Administrators group can access files
contained in the folder. Standard users are denied access and cannot modify or create files.
We strongly recommend that, if not using the default location. you ensure that NTFS permissions are used toprevent unauthorised modification and creation of files in your backup definition folders.
For more information on setting NTFS permissions for folders and files please see Microsoft TechNet - How IT works
NTFS Permissions

Note: A popular misconception is that backup definition files should be saved to the same folder as yourbackup files. This is incorrect. Backup definitions are only required to create backups and have no otherpurpose. They are not required for restore.

If you want to run the backup at this point, select Run this backup now and click OK.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 121

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Windows Partitions

The Windows operating system requires various partitions for normal operation. This article explains which
partitions are automatically selected when selecting 'Create an image of the partition(s) required to backup
and restore Windows'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 122

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

UEFI booting systems with GPT style disks
Introduced with Windows 8.0 and a few Windows 7 systems, GPT disks are the replacement for the legacy MBR
disk format. GPT disks can have up to 128 partitions and have a maximum size of 9.4 ZB (9.4 × 10 21 bytes)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table
Partition

UniqueDescription

Identifier

Windows

de94bba4-

There may be more than one Recovery Partitions:

Recovery

06d1-4d40-

Windows RE Tools - Provides the 'Startup Repair' options for Windows recovery.

a16a-Recovery Image - There may also be an additional manufacturer systembfd50179d6ac

recovery partition.

EFI

c12a7328-f81f-

Always formatted FAT32 and between 200 and 300 MB in size, this partition

System11d2-ba4b-

contains the boot loader that runs when the system starts. The critical files in here

partition

00a0c93ec93b

are the Boot Configuration Data (BCD) and the EFI micro-code.

Microsoft

e3c9e316-

Usually 128 MB in size, this unformatted partition is reserved for MS data

Reserved

0b5c-4db8-

structures including the Logical Disk Manager (LDM) for dynamic disks. Every

Partition

817d-

GPT disk initialized by Windows includes this partition.

(MSR)

f92df00215ae

Operating

ebd0a0a2-

Always formatted using NTFS, this partition contains the full Windows Operating

Systemb9e5-4433-

System and is loaded using the BCD in the ESP,(Windows

87c0-

C:)

68b6b72699c7(ESP)

Note: The Microsoft Reserved Partition (MSR) is not shown in the Windows Disk Management Console

Surface Pro 3 running Windows 10

Legacy MBR booting systems
MBR systems support a maximum disk size of 2TB and up to four primary partitions. In modern PC's this format has
been superseded by the more flexible GPT disk format.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 123

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record
Partition

Description

Microsoft

For MBR disks, Windows 7 onwards, this is the 'Active' partition and contains the Boot

Reserved

Configuration Data (BCD). This partition provides the second stage for the MBR boot process

Partition

after the MBR boot code.

(MSR)

Windows XP and Vista do not use this partition.

OperatingThis partition contains the full Windows Operating System.

SystemFor Windows XP & Vista this is the 'Active' partition and is the only partition required to boot and(Windows C:)

start Windows.

WinRE Tools

Windows 10 includes this small partition, usually located immediately after the Windows

Partition

partition, to provides the 'Startup Repair' options for Windows recovery and to store the WinRE
image file.

Note: MBR systems may also contain proprietary system recovery partitions, however, there are no
unique identifiers for these partitions and they are not automatically included.

Windows 7 MBR System

Windows 10 MBR System

Manually running a job from a configured XML backup definitionv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 124

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Manually running a job from a configured XML backup definition
Macrium Reflect saves backup configurations using XML. Using an XML definition you can schedule a backup,
generate a VBScript file for complex scenarios or simply create a desktop shortcut so you can instantly run yourbackup by clicking the shortcut icon.

1. Select Definition Files, to view your saved XML backup configurations.

2. Right-click on the XML file to view options including; Run Now, Schedule, or Create a Desktop Shortcut.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 125

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How backup sets are created and maintainedThis article explains how Full, Incremental, and Differential images and backups are saved to the target folder
specified in your backup definition file. Also, which backup set is chosen when you run a Differential or Incremental.
For information on how to create Incremental or Differential backups please see here: Differential and incremental
disk images

How do I specify the backup target folder?
For disk images this is specified on the first page of the backup wizard:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 126

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Similarly, for File and Folder backups, this is also on the first page of the backup wizard.

What is a backup set?
Backups are grouped into 'Sets'. A backup set contains first a Full backup and subsequent linked Incremental
and Differential backups. This is sometimes referred to as a Backup Chain. You can see the links by looking at
the default file name which is a unique backup set identifier, followed by a number pair:

The above folder contents show (marked in red) a single backup set {A1A611C627D5BC2A} whichv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 127

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
contains a full image and 4 increments. The end of the image file contains a number pair? 'xx-yy.mrimg''xx' is the increment number.
00 - Full image
01 - first incremental/differential
02 - Second incremental/differential'yy' is the file number and is always sequential. 00, 01, 02, 03... . This will be different from the increment
number only if files have been split. This can happen if files larger than 4GB are saved to a FAT32 filesystem or you are saving an image to multiple DVDs.
So the first file for a full image always ends with '00-00.mrimg'.
Note: The Image ID, file, and increment numbers are also stored as data inside the files. Renaming afile does not affect the integrity of the set, Macrium Reflect's ability to append to the set, or
restoration of the files.

How is a set chosen when an Incremental or Differential backup is run?
Each backup set is grouped by similar backup types. This means that a single set will only consist of images of*exactly the same partitions or a File and Folder backups of exactly the same selection criteria.
*Note: A change in partition layout will cause a new backup set to be created even if the drive letters are consistent.
The partitions must have the same disk offset and length and must be from the same disk, i.e, the disk must havethe same Disk ID.
e.g, If you run an Incremental image of only drive 'C' and the target folder contains 4 image files:
6698CD700DF88DF4-00-00.mrimg Drives: C, D, E Created 1st Jan 2015
430D57E2CEEA8552-00-00.mrimg Drive: F Created 2st Dec 2014
1EB1112ABA7C3898-00-00.mrimg Drive: C: Created 1st Nov 2014
D407A9E1BF98D822-00-00.mrimg Drive: C: Created 1st Oct 2014
Then the newly created image file will be 1EB1112ABA7C3898-01-01.mrimg. This is because file
1EB1112ABA7C3898-00-00.mrimg is the most recent full image in the target folder that contains exactly thesame partitions as the current Incremental image. The next Incremental (or Differential) image would be
1EB1112ABA7C3898-02-02.mrimg and so on...
Note: If there was no existing backup set that contained only drive 'C:' then a new backup set (full) would be created.

Doesn't this get confusing if multiple backup types are saved to the same
folder?
Not if you use the 'Existing Backups' tab in Macrium Reflect to view your images to mount and/or restore. The
Restore Tab can be restricted to show only images that contain a particular drive and also be sorted by date. So, if
you want to restore drive 'C' as it was last week then you can easily find it. In fact, Backup Sets are an abstractionthat you don't need to worry about when restoring data, they are only relevant to optimizing backup speed andv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 128

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
storage space.

Note: If you want to organize your backup sets so they are easier to find in Windows Explorer then werecommend that you save different backup types to different folders. e.g.
D:\Backups\Images of C
D:\Backups\Images of D
D:\Backups\Images of Disk 1

Additional Information
A differential backup saves only the changes made since the last full backup of the same type found in the target
folder for the backup.
An incremental backup saves only the changes made since the last backup of the same type found in the target
folder for the backup.
See also:
How to delete backup filesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 129

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How to delete backup files

If you create only Full images or Full File and Folder backups then you can safely delete your .mrimg or .mrbak
files using Windows Explorer. However, if you create Differential and/or Incremental backup files then wesuggest that you use the functionality built into Reflect to avoid breaking backup chains. For more information
please see How backup sets are created and maintained.

Select the Existing Backups tab, select either Image or File and Folder, select the file you want to delete, and click
the Delete icon.

This opens the Delete file(s) from the backup set dialog to safely delete backup files:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 130

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Along with the select file, any dependant files will automatically be included for deletion. In the above example
Incremental image '8532A0A69344607-03-03.mrimg' was also selected because it is dependant on the previous
incremental 8532A0A69344607-02-02.mrimg.

Backing up files and folders
A file and folder backup is a useful way to backup your working files, personal files, and precious data. Unlike otherbackup solutions, Macrium Reflect can backup open and locked files by using Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy
Service (VSS). You can backup your Documents folder and save the backup as an XML file for easy re-running andscheduling.

To backup your Windows operating system, do not use a file and folder backup, use an image backup,
see Creating a backup of your computer. A file and folder backup is not suitable for restoring your
Windows operating system.

1. From the Create Backup Tasks taskbar, select Create a File and Folder backup to start the backup
wizard.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 131

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. Select Add Source Folders.

The Add Souce Folders dialog appears.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 132

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select the folder you want to backup, or the folder containing the files you want to backup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 133

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select the Edit Souce Folder Folders icon to change the filters that will be applied to the selected
folder,v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 134

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Several different masks and wildcards can be specified to include specific files within the given
directory or exclude other files.
OptionDescription

Include subfolders

Recurse all folders below the backup folder using the specified filters

Do not backup files or folders that have the Hidden attributev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 135

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Exclude hidden files
and folders

Exclude system

Do not backup files or folders that have the System attribute

files and folders

Add files to include

Add a semi-colon separated list of file name filters to include in the backup. Use theasterisk * character as a wild card.
For example; *.doc; *data*; *.xls

Add files to exclude

Add a semi-colon separated list of file name filters to exclude from the backup. Use
the asterisk * character as a wild card.
Note: Exclude filters take precedence over include filters

Add any folders to

Add a semi-colon separated list of folder name filters to exclude from the backup.

excludeUse the asterisk * character as a wild card.
Filter names can be full path and/or folder names.
For example:*temp* will exclude all folders with the letters 'temp' anywhere in the folder name*\data\temp* will exclude all paths where the folder name begins with 'temp' thathas a parent folder named 'data'

3. Click OK
4. Repeat to add further individual directories if necessary.
5. In the Destination section, specify where you want the backup to be made.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 136

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Alternative Locations can be used to provide backup rotations or as a fail-safe for temporary
unavailability of the primary backup destination.
6. When you have finished adding folders and making all necessary changes, click Next.
7. The Backup Plan Page is shown:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 137

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect retention rules provide a powerful and flexible way to manage the lifetime and storage spaceused by your backups.
Choose how backups are matched, and how retention rules are applied to the target folder
Retention rules are applied to the target folder of the backup by selecting one of two options:

SimilarDisk Images are purged if they contain exactly the same Partitions as the current Image.

backupPartitions are identified using the unique Disk ID stored in sector 0 of the disk and thesets in thePartition sector offset. Note: For GPT disks the unique GPT disk GUID is used instead oftargetthe Disk ID

folder.

For File and Folder backups retention rules are applied according to the File and Folder 'Backup Set Matching' selection.

All backup sets in the target folder of the same type (Disk Image or File and Folder) are
purged according the retention rules.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 138

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

All backup
sets in thetargetfolder.

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keep

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked incremental and Differential backups in the same
backup chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked incremental backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted.

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained byensuring that the chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental
backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup and6 Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 incremental backups. Afterretention, the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 139

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription
incrementals would cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained
incremental requires the previous 2 incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure
backup integrity the 2 older incremental backups are consolidated with it to create a
new incremental backup.
F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental
M

T

W

T

F

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup

Synthetic

followed by Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled

Full ifforward' to create a Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge

Note: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge calculation

before thewhen purging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set IS included. This

backupmeans that if you set the retention count to 1 Full backup then all of your backups will bedeleted and a new Full backup created.

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on theoldestdrive drops below the GB threshold.

backup set

Note: The free space threshold is actioned dynamically. If the free space available drops(s) if lessbelow the threshold then the running backup is temporarily paused while older backup sets

than n GB

are purged.

8. The summary screen gives the details of what is being backed up. Click Finish.
9. You are now given the opportunity to save the backup options.
The backup Save Options Dialog enables you to save your backup options as a re-usable XML definition file.

This is essential for many operations in Reflect including Scheduling and creating Incremental andDifferential backups

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 140

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Run this backup now

Create a 'Full' backup now using the backup definition

Save to an XML file

Saving your definition enables you to:Re-run the same backup without stepping through the wizard
Run Incremental and Differential backups
Schedule your backups
Create a Desktop shortcut for running with one click

Name for this backup

Enter a meaningful name for this definition

definition

Choose a folder to save the XML definition to.
Always save to a local folder. It isn't necessary to save the definition to thesame folder as your backup target

Note: Always save your definition to a local drive and never to a
password-protected network share.

See also: Manually running a job from a configured XML backup definitionv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 141

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Best practices for saving Macrium Reflect backup definition files
Regardless of your PC environment, leaving your backup definition files in an insecure location is badpractice. The effort required to ensure your files are secure is minimal and doesn't impede day to day usageof Macrium Reflect.
What's the problem?
Backup definition (.xml) files are used to initiate backups either interactively by using Macrium Reflect
directly, or as scheduled tasks using the Windows Tasks Scheduler. If you save your backup definitions to a
publicly accessible folder then these can be edited by standard users and could potentially compromise yoursystem. In addition, it's also possible to create batch files, either MS-DOS, PowerShell or VBScript, toautomatically run during your backups as described here. A restricted user with bad intentions could easily
create a batch file to run with elevated privileges when a scheduled or interactive backup runs.
The default, and recommended, location for your backup definitions is folder 'C:\users\<USER
NAME>\documents\reflect'. When running Reflect for the first time this location is created and defaulted
when saving. See Backup Save Options for more information on how to save your definitions.
This folder is automatically restricted for standard users and can only be accessed by Administrators and the
local SYSTEM account.
To see assigned NTFS permissions right click on any folder, select 'Properties' and click the 'Security'
tab:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 142

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In the above example only SYSTEM, Dev (the Macrium Reflect user) and the Administrators group canaccess files contained in the folder. Standard users are denied access and cannot modify or create files.
We strongly recommend that, if not using the default location. you ensure that NTFS permissions are used toprevent unauthorised modification and creation of files in your backup definition folders.
For more information on setting NTFS permissions for folders and files please see Microsoft TechNet - How
IT works NTFS Permissions

Note: A popular misconception is that backup definition files should be saved to the same folder
as your backup files. This is incorrect. Backup definitions are only required to create backups andhave no other purpose. They are not required for restore.

If you want to run the backup at this point, select Run this backup now and click OK.

Cloning a diskv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 143

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Cloning a disk
It is possible to clone an entire hard drive or specific partitions on a hard drive. This is useful if you are upgrading toa larger hard drive. With Macrium Reflect you can boot the target disk on the same system after cloning. Cloning
your hard drive creates a bootable new hard drive with the state of your computer at the time you undertook theclone. You can clone to a hard drive installed in your computer or to a hard drive installed in a USB Drive Caddy.

Important
Windows cannot boot from a USB-connected drive. This is a restriction imposed by Microsoft. If you clone
your system disk to a USB-connected external drive then, to boot your clone, the physical disk must be
removed from the USB caddy and attached internally.

Deleting and re-configuring existing partitions or configuring new partitions is possible with Macrium Reflect, so you
don't need to do this prior to cloning.
Show important information about MS Dynamic Volumes...

A Dynamic volume is a logical abstraction of the underlying physical disk and maybe striped or extended
over multiple physical disks. Because of this, Dynamic volume file systems are copied not disk
partitions.
For more information see
If your source disk contains Dynamic Volume(s) then the background color will change and the link willshow 'Copy Dynamic Volumes...':In the Clone Wizard:
The partition selection checkboxes and Copy selected partitions link will not be available.
Therefore, Dynamic Volumes must be dragged and dropped to the destination.
To copy source Dynamic Volume(s) to destination Dynamic Volume(s) you must prepare thetarget as Dynamic and format the destination volume(s) in advance of the clone operation. Thiscan be achieved using the Windows Disk Management Console to convert one or more physicaldisks to Dynamic.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 144

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
A destination Dynamic Volume cannot be resized so the Cloned partition properties link will
not be available if the destination is Dynamic.
To convert Dynamic Volume(s) to standard partitions, select an unformatted or an MBR/GPT
basic disk as the destination and use Drag and Drop to copy the source volumes. After the clone
operation, you can leave the disk as a 'Basic' disk or convert it to Dynamic using the Windows
Disk Management Console.
See also: Bare metal restore of a Dynamic disk system

Macrium reflect v8 adds additional partiton resizing and automation options when cloning andrestoring.
For more complex scenarios where partitions are resized and moved on different disk sizes, please see
Restore and Clone Partition Layout

1. Select the disk to clone from in the main application window and click Clone this disk...

2.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 145

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. In the wizard that opens Click Select a disk to clone to...

3. Select the clone target disk. In this case, there is only one disk available.
4. If you do not want to modify the order or size of partitions of the clone, click Next. This is the default
behavior.
Alternatively, drag the partitions you want to clone, the red arrow below shows this.

Becomesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 146

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In this example, there is 650MB of free space after the copied partition. You can modify the size of eachpartition to fit the new disk if required.

You can delete partitions on the target disk by selecting and clicking 'Delete existing partitions'..

5. To extend the partition to make use of the remaining space on the destination, click Fill Space.
You can open the more detailed Partition Properties dialogue by selecting a partition on the destination
then clicking Layout. Using the Partition Properties dialogue you can:a. Set the partition size precisely using the Partition Size entry box.
b. Resize the partition automatically by clicking Maximum size or Minimum size. You can set thepartition back to the original size by clicking Revert.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 147

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. Click OK.
7. If required, click Advanced Options to change settings for this clone:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 148

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription_____________

Intelligent

Copy only file system sectors/clusters that are in use. This reduces the time to create

sector copy

the clone as unused file system clusters are not copied.

Verify File

Verifying the file system prior to cloning ensures that there are no file system errors

Systemtransferred to the clone.

Please note that this may take several minutes to complete

Rapid Delta

Copy only file system differences between the clone source and target. This increases

Clonecloning speed dramatically.
Show more information on RDC...

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 149

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription_____________

As with Rapid Delta Restore (RDR) the concept of RDR has been something that has
been thought about for quite some time here at Macrium Software. We wanted to build
a clone solution that would effectively and rapidly copy only the differences between
the source and target file systems. The advantage of this is obvious, RDC offers similara performance increase as an Incremental disk image offers over a Full image andenables regular clones to be a viable and fast DR solution.

How does it work?
The NTFS file system resident on the clone source is compared with file system on thetarget disk. The two file systems are first verified that they originated from the sameformat command and then the target NTFS file system structures are analyzed for
differences. All the NTFS file system structures are copied to the target disk and any
that do not exist or have been modified on the target disk cause the data records foreach NTFS file or object to be copied as well. The result is an 'Incremental' clone
applying only file system changes detected between the source and the target.

Note: RDC works with NTFS file systems only. All other file systems will
perform a full clone

Note: RDC is not available when shrinking partitions during a clone.

Enable SSD
TRIM

Enable SSD TRIM on the clone target to optimize the disk.
Show more information on SSD TRIM...
This features provides automated SSD optimization resulting enhanced SSD
performance and longevity. Writing to an unused block is much quicker than an in-use
block as it avoids both the slow erase operation and the read-modify-write cycle. This
results an increase of both the lifetime and the performance of the device. It is effective
for all windows operating systems, even those that support SSD trim natively as the filesystem driver can only TRIM blocks on de-allocation; it cannot TRIM blocks written byanother process. It is also effective for USB attached SSDs.

Forensic

Copy every sector from the source to the target disk partition.

Sector Copy
Please note that this option is only necessary if you want to copy unused filesystem space and will significantly increase the time to complete the clone.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 150

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription_____________

Shutdown

Set power saving options after a clone task.

Email Success

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this clone succeed.

Email Failure

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this clone fail

8. Click Next.
The options to Add Schedule, Edit Schedule, or Delete Schedule is displayed.

Click Add Schedule to optionally schedule your clonev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 151

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Make any required changes and click Next.
For more information see Scheduling backups.

9. Review the settings and click Finish.
10. Verify the settings in Backup Save Options and if appropriate, click OK.

Note: Saving a backup definition enables you to run your Clone at any time with a single clickv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 152

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: You must save your backup definition if you have created Clone schedules. Your schedules
cannot run if this step is missed.

If you want to run the Clone at this point, select Run this backup now and click OK.

11. A Warning box appears, if appropriate click Continue.

Important
The target disk for the clone operation will be overwritten. This is unrecoverable, so please ensurethat the target disk contains no valid data.

12. The clone operation now starts.

Incompatible Disk Selected
If you receive the error message 'Incompatible Disk Selected' when cloning then please see this article formore information: .Incompatible Disk Selected

Creating a clone video

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 153

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backing up Microsoft Exchange databases
With Macrium Reflect Server Plus you can choose which databases to backup on the local Microsoft Exchange
Server.
Note: Remote backups are not possible.
Before you begin: Macrium Reflect requires the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service to be installed andrunning in order for successful database backup to function.

1. On the main Backup interface, click Backup Microsoft Exchange.

The Microsoft Exchange Backup wizard appears. A Microsoft Exchange 2010 example is shown below:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 154

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. Select the items you want to backup:
For Microsoft Exchange 2010 and later, select individual databases to backup.
For Microsoft Exchange 2007 and earlier, select storage groups to backup, this includes all the
databases in the selected storage group.

CautionUnmounted Exchange databases are shown in the Microsoft Exchange Backup Wizard
and can be selected for backup. However, VSS will not include unmounted databases inthe snapshot and the Exchange backup will fail. To include these databases in the
backup, either ensure the databases are mounted at point of backup or use establishedrecovery mechanisms to bring the affected databases into a clean, shutdown state.

Alternative Locations can be used to provide backup rotations or as a fail safe for temporary
unavailability of the primary backup destination.

3. Optionally, click View component files to see the list of files that make up the currently selected items.
The Exchange Component File List appears. Files are grouped according to type and show last date
modified along with file size. Each category of file shows the total size. Groups of files can be expanded/collapsed by clicking the plus/minus button to the left of the file type name.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 155

3.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Enter the Destination Folder for the backup.
Note: MS Exchange backups cannot be stored on optical media.

5. If the primary target location is not available, click Alternative Locations to add the relevant folder.

6. Click Next to proceed.
7. If desired, edit the plan for the backup. For more information see Scheduling backups.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 156

7.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keep

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked Incremental and Differential backups in the same
backup chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked Incremental backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 157

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained byensuring that the chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental
backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup, and
6 Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 Incremental backups. Afterretention, the most recent 4 Incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2
Incrementals would cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained
incremental requires the previous 2 Incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure
backup integrity the 2 older Incremental backups are consolidated with it to create a
new Incremental backup.
F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental
M

T

W

T

F

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup

Synthetic

followed by Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled

Full ifforward' to create a Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge
before thebackupNote: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge
calculation when purging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set
IS included. This means that if you set the retention count to 1 Full backup thenall of your backups will be deleted and a new Full backup created.

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on theoldestdrive drops below the GB threshold.

backup set(s) if lessthan n GB

8.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 158

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
8. Review the summary of the backup.
9. Click Finish.
Backup Save Options is shown.

Note: Saving a backup definition enables you to run your backup Image at any time with a single
click

Note: You must save your backup definition if you have created backup schedules. Your
schedules cannot run if this step is missed.

If you want to run the backup at this point, select Run this backup now and click OK.

Backing up MS SQL Databases
Error: RuntimeException occurred while performing an XHTML storage transformation (java.lang.String cannot becast to com.atlassian.confluence.content.render.xhtml.model.resource.identifiers.ResourceIdentifier)Creating a disk image of a single drive or partition
Using Microsoft Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) Macrium Reflect creates persistent images of your system.

1. Select Image selected disks on this computer.

2. The wizard starts. All partitions are displayed, select the required drives or partitions.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 159

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
2.

3. In the Destination section, select where to write the resultant image.
In this example, 'E drive' is used.

4. Click Next.
5. If desired, edit the plan for the backup by making the necessary selections.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 160

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For more information on editing the backup plan and advanced options see Scheduling backups.
6. Click Next.
7. A summary screen displays detailing the settings used for this image.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 161

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

8. Click Finish.
You are now given the opportunity to save the backup options.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 162

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

9. If you want to run the backup at this point, click OK.
The selected partitions are backed up to the chosen location.

10. When the image has completed, click Close to shut down the message box.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 163

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

11. Click Close to close the backup window.
See also: Windows Partitions

Differential and incremental disk images
The entire contents of the imaged file system are stored in a Full image file. This is a reliable way of backing up yourPC, however, repeating the process is slow and subsequent images can fill your backup media very quickly.
After you have created an initial Full image, you can create Differential and Incremental images. These are bothquicker to execute than Full images and create much smaller image files.
Note: With the Free Edition of Macrium Reflect you can only make Full and Differential images of your disks andpartitions.
Differential Images
Incremental Images
Maintaining backup setsv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 164

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Selecting an Incremental or Differential backup
Alternative method using an existing backup

Differential Images
A Differential image stores the changes that have been made to the imaged file system since the last Full image.
Subsequent Differentials can be taken, but only one Differential and the Full are required in order to fully restore thesystem.
This is quicker than creating a Full image, however the longer the time between the Full and the Differential, thelarger the Differential image file is and the longer it takes to create.
Advantages of Differential images:
Differential images created after the initial full Image are very quick because only file system changes since
the full backup are saved.
The amount of disk space used by differential images is significantly less than that of full images.
Only two image files are required to restore the system.
Disadvantages of Differential images:
As the time since the last Full image was taken increases, the size of the Differential grows as does the time
it takes to create the Differential image.
In order to reduce this time, it is necessary to perform a Full image occasionally to reduce the size of thesubsequent Differential images.

Incremental Images
The main difference with Incremental images is that they only store file system changes since the last image, either
Full, Differential, or Incremental. The resultant backup set, therefore, consists of a full image and a number of
Incremental images which must all be present in order to restore the system correctly.
Advantage of Incremental images:
Incremental images have the same advantages as Differential images, but since they only store the changes
that were made since the last Full or Incremental. They are always small and very quick to make, especially
if done frequently.
Disadvantage of Incremental images:
All files must be present in the image set. If any intermediate Incremental images are missing, it is notpossible to restore the system to the latest backup.

Maintaining backup sets
Maintaining backup sets can seem an onerous task, however, Macrium Reflect takes care of all the hard work foryou. With Macrium Reflect you can schedule Incremental or Differential backups automatically. It is as simple asselecting the image you wish to restore and Macrium Reflect automatically selects the required files in the image set
as part of the restore process. The same is true for exploring an image. If you choose to explore an Incremental
image in an explorer window, Macrium Reflect reconstructs all the files that have been backed up to that time.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 165

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect also includes functionality to automatically delete expired image sets. For example, if you take a
Full image every month and then Incremental images every day, you can configure Reflect to keep two full image
sets (the equivalent of two months of backups) and delete any older files. As a result, your backup media does not
become full of obsolete image files.

Selecting an Incremental or Differential backup
The process for creating a Differential or Incremental backup is the same. Both save changes since the Full backup
if this is the only backup made so far.

1. To initiate an Incremental or Differential backup, select Backup Definitions Files.

In this instance, there is one saved XML definitions file MyBackup.xml which contains theconfiguration required to back up the C drive.
2. Right-click MyBackup.xml and select Run Now.
You are presented with a number of options.

3. Select Full, Incremental, or Differential to automatically execute that particular backup. If unsure which you
want to run, click Prompt.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 166

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Click Finish.
5. When the Image is complete close the dialog.

Alternative method using an existing backup
1. Click the Existing Backups tab
2. Select either Image or File and Folder.
This presents a list of image or file and folder backup files.

3. Select the file that you want to create an incremental or differential from.
4. Select the NEW icon, and choose Create Differential or Create Incremental

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 167

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Creating desktop shortcuts for full, incremental and differential
backupsCreating Desktop Shortcuts for your backups enables quick and easy execution without the need to start
Macrium Reflect or choose the backup type (Full, Diff, or Inc).

Pre-requisite: To create a desktop shortcut for your definitions files you must already have a backup definition file. If
required, follow the instructions in Creating a backup image of your computer, drive or partitions.

1. Select the Definition Files tab.

2. Select the backup definition file and click the Create Desktop Shortcut button on the Backup Definition
File View toolbar.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 168

2.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Select the Backup Type and enter the shortcut name that appears on the Desktop.

For easy reference to the backup type, you could add a Full, Diff or Inc suffix to the shortcut
name.

4. Click OK.

Checking VSS events when backups fail

Macrium uses Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to create its images and backups and windows keeps alog of VSS events. These events can give you information, useful if you are experiencing problems, such as
backup failures.

View events to check what has occurred as follows.

1. From the toolbar click Other Tasks.
2. Click View Windows VSS Events.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 169

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Select the parameters for your event search.
4. The viewer updates automatically displaying relevant information.

5. If required, select an event and choose to:a. Search Internet. This will open your default browser with search terms configured for the selected
Windows error event.

b. Clipboard Copy. Useful for pasting into an email if you are contacting support.
c.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 170

5.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guidec. Save to File.

6. When you have finished reviewing events, click Close.

Alternative Locations For Backups
All backup wizards in Macrium Reflect allow you to select Alternative Locations to use for the backup destination.
Should the primary backup location not be available, each location will be checked in sequence until an available
one is found.

Alternative locations can also be used to provide backup rotations, for example, keeping an offsite backup,
or as a fail safe for temporary unavailability of the primary backup destination.

1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 171

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

1. Click Alternative Locations

2. The Backup Locations dialog is shown.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 172

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Select a folder and click Add to list
4. Repeat for each folder to be used as an alternative location
5. Change the order of locations by selecting a folder in the list and click Up or Down6.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 173

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. Remove a folder by selecting it and clicking Remove

7. Click OK when done

Advanced Options
Advanced Options
All forms of backup in Macrium Reflect have advanced options, accessed by clicking the Advanced Options link, Allbackup wizards have this link which can always be located in the lower left hand corner of each wizard. Cloning, too,is a form or backup and this also has advanced options, accessed in the same way.

Below is the Image backup advanced options as an example:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 174

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Common Advanced Options - Available to all backup types except Cloning
OptionDescription

Compression

Set the desired compression on the resulting backup file. Choose between None, Medium, orHigh.

Intelligent

Copy only file system sectors/clusters that are in use. This reduces the size of the disk image file

sector copy

as unused file system clusters are not copied.

Make anCopy every sector/cluster used by the partition. This will also copy unused space and will makeexact copy

the image file significantly larger than 'Intelligent sector copy'.

File Size

Set maximum file size that will be created for the backup file, these are also known as file splits.
Choose between Automatic or fixed size in either Megabytes or Gigabytes.

Password

Add password protection to the resulting backup files. Choose between standard, medium, andhigh encryption. Each increasing level of encryption will require a stronger password.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 175

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Auto Verify

Automatically verify the resulting backup file. This will add more time to the backup process but
confirms if the resulting backup can be restored.

Verify File

Verify the integrity of the file system being backed up.

SystemBackup Set

Prefix the backup file name with the backup set Image ID.

File Name
PrefixComments

Add a free form text comment to the backup.

ShutdownOnce the backup has complete you can choose to shut down the computer, choose between
Shutdown, Hibernate or Suspend.

Email

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this backup succeed.

Success

Email Failure

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this backup fail.

Cloning Advanced Options
OptionDescription

Intelligent

Clone only sectors in use from the source disk. Further to this option:

Copy

Verify File System. Ensure the source file system is valid before cloning.
Rapid Delta Clone. Only clone differences in the source and target disks since the previous
clone was made.
Enable SSD Trim. Ensure target SSD partitions are trimmed prior to a clone.

Forensic

Clone all sectors from the source disk.

Copy

Shutdown

Set power saving options after a clone task.

Email

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this clone succeed.

Successv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 176

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Email

Set recipient, subject, body, and attachments should this clone fail.

FailureFile & Folder Backup Advanced Options
OptionDescription

ReparseFor both system and user reparse points, select to either follow or do not follow. An example reparse

Pointspoint is the folder "Documents and Settings" which when followed points (or expands) to a number ofother folders. If followed then all folders the reparse point "contains" will be included in the backup.

BackupChoose between Similar, Strict or All.

Set
Matching

Verifying image and backup files
Backup verification checks the entire contents of backup files against MD5 message digests (Hashes) created fromthe source data when the backup was created. For more information on the verification process see: Understanding
Image Verification Failures
To verify Image and File and Folder backup files using the command line see: Verifying image and backup files fromthe command line
To verify using the Macrium Reflect user interface follow the steps below:

Disk Images

1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 177

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

1. Click the Existing Backups tab, then select Image. Next, select the image you want to verify then click the
Verify icon.

2. Click the Verify button in the dialog that opens:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 178

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

AutomaticallyIf selected and corruption is detected in a backed up data block then the current

attempt repair

live file system is checked to see if it contains the original data. If found then the
Image file is repaired by replacing the corrupt data.
If not selected and corruption is detected and the current live file system
contains the original data then the following message box is shown to either
cancel the verification or correct the data:

Selected 'Repeat for all' to repair subsequent blocks automatically.
Note: Verification will halt on the first un-repairable block detected.
Verify just thisBy default, the entire backup set required to restore the selected backup file will

Incremental

be verified. Select this option to just verify the integrity of the selected Differential
or Incremental.

File and Folder Backups
1. Click the Existing Backups tab, then click the File and Folder tab. choose the File and Folder backup you
want to verify and click the Verify icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 179

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. Click the Verify button in the dialog that opens:

Verify just thisBy default, the entire backup set required to restore the selected backup file

Incremental

will be verified. Select this option to just verify the integrity of the selected
Differential or Incremental.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 180

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How to backup Hyper-V Cluster Shared Volumes
Please ensure that you are running Macrium Reflect v6.1.1309 or later.
Disk images cannot be used to backup Hyper-V Cluster Shared Volumes.
Server 2012R2 Hyper-V Cluster Shared Volumes (CSV) can be backed up using the File and Folder
backup functionality in Macrium Reflect. Earlier versions of Windows are not supported.
You must use the File and Folder restore functionality to restore VHD and VHDX files. You cannot mount/browse backup files and use Copy and Paste to restore files larger than 4GB

To ensure that you have correctly backed up the CSV folders please checkthe backup log.
Successful CSV snapshot Example.
Note the lines ‘CSV - Volume n’ and the snapshot line:

The successful VSS log will also indicate ‘C:\ClusterStorage\Volume*’
added to the snapshot:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 181

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Discover explicitly included components ...
Verifying explicitly specified writers/components ...
Select explicitly included components ...
* Writer 'Microsoft Hyper-V VSS Writer':- Add component \6FA1E0B1-72D8-4687-BAD8-C7BBC29E8338
Creating shadow set {e72a35c8-eefc-4fe9-bd50-35e95a123fe5} ...
- Adding volume \\?\Volume{12f7f3d3-b552-4a05-b948-da5ba054f7fd}\ [C:\ClusterStorage\Volume1\] to the shadow set...
- Adding volume \\?\Volume{2cd57d04-80b0-4d12-ac10-406e9f121b09}\ [C:\ClusterStorage\Volume2\] to the shadow set...

Failed Snapshot Example.
Note the Error message: VSS failed for Cluster Shared Storage. Ensure that no folders outside of CSV mountpoints are included in this backup

How to backup Cluster Shared Volumes
1. From the Backup task bar, select 'Create a File and Folder backup' to start the backup wizard.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 182

1.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. Select 'Add folder'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 183

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The 'Select Folder to backup' dialog appears.

Select/Add o nly folder(s) beneath the C:\ClusterStorage\ in order for the Clustered Shared
Volume contents to be included in your backup.
Do not include folders outside of the 'C:\ClusterStorage\' mount point otherwise VSS will fail.

Several different masks and wildcards can be specified to include specific files within the given directoryor exclude other files.
OptionDescription

Include sub-folders

Recourse all folders below the backup folder using the specified filters

Exclude hidden files

Do not backup files or folders that have the Hidden attributeand foldersv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 184

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Exclude system

Do not backup files or folders that have the System attribute

files and folders

Add files to include

Add a semi-colon separated list of file name filters to include in the backup. Use theasterisk * character as a wild card.
For example; *.doc; *data*; *.xls

Add files to exclude

Add a semi-colon separated list of file name filters to exclude from the backup. Use
the asterisk * character as a wild card.
Note: Exclude filters take precedence over include filters

Add any folders to

Add a semi-colon separated list of folder name filters to exclude from the backup.

excludeUse the asterisk * character as a wild card.
Filter names can be full path and/or folder names.
For example:*temp* will exclude all folders with the letters 'temp' anywhere in the folder name*\data\temp* will exclude all paths where the folder name begins with 'temp' thathas a parent folder named 'data'

3. Click OK
4. Repeat to add further CSV directories if necessary.
5. In the Destination section, specify where you want the backup to be created.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 185

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Alternative Locations can be used to provide backup rotations or as a fail safe for temporary unavailability ofthe primary backup destination.

6. When you have finished adding folders and making all necessary changes, click Next.
7. The Backup Plan is shown:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 186

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect retention rules provide a powerful and flexible way to manage the lifetime and storage spaceused by your backups.
Choose how backups are matched, and how retention rules are applied to the target folder
Retention rules are applied to the target folder of the backup by selecting one of two options:

SimilarDisk Images are purged if they contain exactly the same Partitions as the current Image.

backupPartitions are identified using the unique Disk ID stored in sector 0 of the disk and thesets in thePartition sector offset. Note: For GPT disks the unique GPT disk GUID is used instead oftargetthe Disk ID

folder.

For File and Folder backups retention rules are applied according to the File and Folder 'Backup Set Matching' selection.

All backup sets in the target folder of the same type (Disk Image or File and Folder) are
purged according the retention rules.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 187

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

All backup
sets in thetargetfolder.

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keep

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked incremental and Differential backups in the same
backup chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked incremental backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted.

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained byensuring that the chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental
backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup and6 Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 incremental backups. Afterretention, the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 188

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription
incrementals would cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained
incremental requires the previous 2 incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure
backup integrity the 2 older incremental backups are consolidated with it to create a
new incremental backup.
F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental
M

T

W

T

F

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup

Synthetic

followed by Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled

Full ifforward' to create a Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge

Note: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge calculation

before thewhen purging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set IS included. This

backupmeans that if you set the retention count to 1 Full backup then all of your backups will bedeleted and a new Full backup created.

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on theoldestdrive drops below the GB threshold.

backup set

Note: The free space threshold is actioned dynamically. If the free space available drops(s) if lessbelow the threshold then the running backup is temporarily paused while older backup sets

than n GB

are purged.

8. The next screen, Summary, gives the details of what is being backed up. Click Finish.

Restoring and browsing
Macrium Reflect can restore disk partitions exactly as they were when the backup was taken. With File and Folder
backups you can restore all or selected files and folders to their original or new location.
You can also explore any backup or image file in Windows Explorer. This powerful feature enables you to restore
individual files or folders by simply using copy and paste.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 189

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
To restore whole computers, including boot partitions, Macrium Reflect uses Windows PE, a cut down version of
Windows. On a working system, when you restore to an earlier time, Macrium Reflect reboots into the Windows PE
operating system, carries out the requested restore, then boots back into the restored operating system. On asystem that is not working, to restore to an earlier time, you need to boot from your Windows PE rescue media,
whether that is a CD, DVD or USB-stick. The rescue media contains Macrium Reflect so that you can carry out therestore, then boot back into the restored operating system.
Although this all sounds complex, it really is very simple to perform with Macrium Reflect leading you through each
step.
Finally, if you have Macrium Reflect Server Plus, it has a rich feature set for restoring backups of SQL databasesand Microsoft Exchange Servers while giving you the power to restore to any time and granularity right down to anindividual email.
Further reading:
Restoring an image from within Windows
Understanding partition alignment
Browsing Macrium Reflect images and backups in Windows Explorer
Restoring a file and folder backup
Restoring MS SQL
Restoring MS Exchange databases
Restoring an MBR System image to UEFI/GPT
Restoring a UEFI/GPT System image to MBR
Bare metal restore of a Dynamic disk system
Drive letters assigned to restored or cloned partitions
Restore to VHD

Restoring an image from within Windows
This topic is for restoring a data image. For restoring a system image see Restoring a System image from Windows.
If the image contains only data, restoring it is very simple using Macrium Reflect. You can restore it back to its
original location without interrupting the operating system.
Before you begin: You must have a backup image of the disk ready to restore.

1. On the main screen, select Existing Backups.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 190

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backup images available to be restored are shown in the main pane.
2. Select the image you wish to restore and click the Restore icon.

3. The next dialog gives you the opportunity to modify the destination properties.

Moving and Resizing the restored partition
To restore partitions, select Copy Partitions, you can then select Exact partition offset andlength to restore the partitions to the same location on the target disk, or select Shrink or extend
to fill the target disk to resize the partitions automatically to fit the target. It's also possible tov5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 191

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
select a different target disk and to drag partitions to different locations, and resize them manuallythem to use the available space. Simply drag the source partition to any available partition or freespace on the target disk. You can also delete partitions on the target disk to make space. For more
destination options and further information, see Modifying restored partition properties.

4. Click Next to restore back to the original location.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 192

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. If required, set Advanced Options as follows:

OptionDescription

Rapid

Copy only changed data blocks to complete the restore process more quickly

Delta

See: Rapid Delta Restore - RDR

Restore:SSD Trim:

Enable TRIM on restore to increase both the lifetime and the performance of the SSD.
See: SSD Trim Support

VerifyTo verify the image integrity before restoring.

Image:

MasterBoot
Record:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 193

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

To replace the Master Boot Record (MBR) with the MBR from the backup.
The MBR is a small program that executes when the computer starts up. If this program
becomes corrupt then you can have problems starting the computer operating system.
Note: On modern GPT/UEFI systems this option has no effect.

Shutdown

Set power saving options after a restore task has completed.

6. A summary screen is displayed confirming the choices that have been made, click finish.

Restoring a System image from Windows
System images of, for example, the C drive, contain operating system files so it is not possible to restore files in realtime because they will be in use by the operating system. To resolve this Macrium Reflect boots Windows PE, a cutdown version of Windows. It then restores the file system before rebooting again and loading the restored Windows
OS. Although this sounds complex, it really is very simple to perform.

1. In the main application window, select Existing Backups.

2. Select the required image and click the Restore icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 194

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. The next dialog gives you the opportunity to restore the image, click Next and select all defaults.

Note: By default, partition(s) restore to their original locations. However, it is possible to restore toa different partition by using Drag and Drop. Simply drag the source partition to any available
partition on the target disk. See Modifying restored partition properties

4.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 195

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
4. Review the summary and click Finish.
5. Macrium Reflect, recognizing that it is not possible to restore the image to the C drive, displays a dialog
informing you that Windows PE must be used. Click Yes.

6. You will then be prompted to boot into Windows PE and configure what will happen after the restore. Onceyou have selected what will happen after the restore, select Run from Windows PE.

Note: If the option for 'Automatic boot' is unavailable the please follow the steps Adding a Boot
Menu option for system Image recovery and retry the restore.

7.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 196

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

7. You are prompted to restart your PC. Close any saved work and click Restart Now.

8. The system reboots, Macrium adds a boot menu option and automatically selects the recovery environment.
9. Windows PE boots and automatically runs Macrium Reflect. Macrium Reflect detects which image is to berestored and starts restoring automatically. When restore is complete, Macrium automatically reboots the PC
again and the restored Windows OS boots as normal.

Restoring a system image video
Modifying restore destination partition properties
Note: Macrium Reflect v8 adds improved the Restore and Clone functionality by adding automatic fill
/shrink where the target disk is a different size to the source. The most common disk copy tasks areautomated by using the toolbar 'Copy' functionality but we've also added the ability to set free space
before and after a copied partition to precisely locate and resize partitions on the target disk.
Please see Restore and Clone Partition Layout

Hard disks are organized into partitions, similar to a filing cabinet, to optimize the use of space on the device. Eachpartition contains a small amount of error correction data, in case of a fault. Partitions are aligned to further optimize
the amount of error correction data they require, maximizing the available space on the device.
There are two alignment possibilities used by Windows:

1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 197

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

1. 1MB alignment. Beginning with Windows Vista/Server 2008 partitions are aligned on 1MB boundaries. For adisk with 512 bytes per sector, this equates to 2048 sector alignment.

2. Cylinder, Head, Sector (CHS) alignment. This is the alignment used by all Windows versions, up to andincluding Windows XP/Server 2003. Disks are described as having sectors, heads, and cylinders, typically
512 bytes per sector, 63 sectors per head, and 255 heads per cylinder. A head is often referred to as a track.
Partitions start on a head (or track) boundary and end on a cylinder boundary http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cylinder-head-sector.
Solid State Disks (SSD) require partition alignment to 4KB boundaries for optimum performance and life. 1MBaligned partitions are aligned on 4KB boundaries so present no problem, however, CHS aligned partitions are oftenaligned on 63 sectors (31.5KB) degrading SSD performance and life span considerably. This can be improved bymodifying restore destination partition properties when you restore an image.
When you ask to restore images Macrium Reflect initially sets out to restore the partitions back to their original
position on the disk. From here you can modify their destinations.
To modify the restore destination:

1. Click the Restore icon.

2. The following dialog shows. Source shows the location of the image file we are restoring from. The Target isthe original location.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 198

2.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Click Select a different target disk and select the required target disk.
4. If you have partitions on the target disk which you are sure can be deleted, select each one in turn and click
Erase Disk to delete all partitions on the disk, or select Delete Partition to delete certain partitions.

5. Drag the source partition onto the destination partition.
The partition locates to the first available free area of the new disk. In this case, partition 2.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 199

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. The partition can be floated between the left and right of the disk, and also resized. The partition shown
below has been floated to the right:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 200

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

7. Click Layout to open the partition properties window for additional options.

8. There are a number of things you can do here:
Modify the drive letter by selecting another from the list.
Click between the arrows < > above the disk view and drag the partition to a new size.
Fine-tune the Partition Size, Free Space, and Location on the destination disk.
Click Maximum Size to configure the partition to the maximum available unallocated space on thedisk, in this case about 10 TB (the size of the disk)
Click Minimum Size to configure the partition to the minimum size, The minimum size is equivalent
to the used space on the restored partition plus 50MB.
Click Revert to set the partition to the same size as it was when backed up.

Note: If the source disk is an MBR disk and the target is greater than 2TB in size then therestore process will automatically convert the disk to GPT style format.

9. Click OK.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 201

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
See also: Drive letters assigned to restored or cloned partitions

Understanding partition alignment
Partition alignment refers to the physical sector offset of partitions. There are two alignment possibilities used byWindows:

1. 1MB alignment. Beginning with Windows Vista/Server 2008 partitions are aligned on 1MB boundaries. For adisk with 512 bytes per sector this equates to 2048 sector alignment.

2. Cylinder, Head, Sector (CHS) alignment. This is the alignment used by all Windows versions, up to andincluding Windows XP/Server 2003. Disks are described as having sectors, heads and cylinders, typically
512 bytes per sector, 63 sectors per head and 255 heads per cylinder. A head is often referred to as a track.
Partitions start on a head (or track) boundary and end on a cylinder boundary. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cylinder-head-sector

Partition alignment and Solid State Disks (SSD)
Solid State Disks require partition alignment to 4KB boundaries for optimum performance and life. 1MB aligned
partitions are aligned on 4KB boundaries so present no problem, however, CHS aligned partition are often aligned
on 63 sectors (31.5KB) degrading SSD performance and life time considerably.
Partition alignment and the Macrium Reflect cloning and restore function
To preserve the source partition alignment either...

1. Select the source partition check box(es) and click the 'Copy selected partitions' link.
2. Drag and drop the source partition(s) to free space on the target disk
To use the target partition alignment.

Note: This could be used to 'convert' and XP aligned partition for SSD alignment

1. Drag and drop the source partition to an existing partition on the target disk
These defaulted alignment possibilities can be overridden in the Partition Properties dialog by selecting the'Alignment' drop down control.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 202

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Browsing Macrium Reflect images and backups in Windows Explorer
Introduction
By mounting image files in Windows Explorer you can browse or explore an image and access all the files in a
backup. The backed up data appears as a temporary drive in Windows Explorer that you can access, just likeany other drive, mounted with its own drive letter. Individual Files and Folders can easily be recovered by using
Copy and Paste.
If you mount an Incremental or Differential backup, the chosen folder must contain all the files required to load
the image. Meaning an Incremental backup requires all the previous files in the backup set to be present, and a
Differential backup requires the Full backup to be present. For example, If your backup is split across multiple
DVD's then it isn't possible to mount the backup.
If you restart Windows, all temporarily mounted images are detached.

There are several ways to mount/unmount an image:
Mounting an image in Windows Explorer
Using Macrium to mount an image
Using Macrium Reflect Command Line Interface (CLI) to mount an image
Unmounting a temporary mounted drive
See also: Browsing Linux Ext File System Images

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 203

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Mounting an image in Windows Explorer
1. Navigate to the location of the image you wish to mount.
2. Right-click the image file and select Explore image.

3. Select the partition you wish to mount and click OK.
In this example, the image only contains one partition.
You can also select which Drive Letter you would like to be assigned.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 204

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The option Enable access to restricted folders mounts the image with full NTFS access rights to all folders
in the image. This means you can browse images created on another PC without having to grant NTFS
permissions.
The option Make writable makes the mounted file system temporarily writable. This is useful whenaccessing files in the image where the opening application is required to write to the file. For example,
Microsoft Virtual Hard Disk (.vhdx) files can be mounted and files in the mounted backup can be recovered
without having to restore the .vhdx file first.

Note: Changes made to the mounted file system are temporary and are discarded when the image
is unmounted.

4. You can now navigate through the image in Windows Explorer.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 205

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Using Macrium to mount an image
1. In the main window of Macrium Reflect, select Existing Backups, then select the Image tab.

2. Select the image you wish to mount then click the Browse icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 206

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Using Macrium Reflect Command Line Interface (CLI) to mount an image
1. Open a command prompt and change the directories as necessary so the path to reflect.exe is shown.
See Running an elevated command prompt.

Complete the command line as follows:reflect.exe ["Path to Image file"] [Add one or more switches]
Note: Instead of inserting Path to Image file you can also replace it with LAST_FILE_CREATED if you
want the last Image created in the current Windows session to be mounted.
Available CLI switches:-b

Browse Image, always needed to mount Image.

-auto

Do not show the Backup Selection dialog and automatically mount all partitions in the image file.

-

A comma separated list of drive letters to use for the mounted image eg; -drives m,n If no drive

drives letters are specified then the next available letters are used.

Note: To 'skip' mounting a partition use the Asterisk character instead of a drive letter-pass

Use for password protected Image files, add password in inverted commas. e.g. -pass"password"

Note: If you do not use -auto you will be prompted with the Backup Selection dialog to assign the drive
letters.

Some examples of using the CLI to mount images:
To mount an image and prompt for a drive letter:

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "J:\76FF71EBBB032A35-00-00.mrimg" -b

To mount all partitions of an image using the next available drive letter(s):C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "J:\76FF71EBBB032A35-00-00.mrimg" b -autov5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 207

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
To mount all partitions for the last image created in the current Windows session:

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "LAST_FILE_CREATED" -b -auto

To mount all partitions in an image using drive letters p,q,r

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "J:\76FF71EBBB032A35-00-00.mrimg" -b-auto -drives p,q,r
To mount the third partition only using drive letter 'R'

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "J:\76FF71EBBB032A35-00-00.mrimg" -b-auto -drives *,*,r
To mount all partitions in a password protected image using drive letters p,q,r where pwd is the password,(thepassword is case sensitive):

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe "J:\76FF71EBBB032A35-00-00.mrimg" -b-auto -drives p,q,r -pass "pwd"

Unmounting a temporary mounted drive
Using Windows Explorer:

1. To detach a temporary mounted drive using Windows Explorer, right-click the drive you wish to unmount.
2. Scroll to Macrium Reflect, click Unmount Macrium Image.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 208

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Using Macrium Reflect:

1. In the Macrium Reflect application, select Existing Backups in the top menu.
2. Expand the Existing Backup Tasks then select Detach a backup image from Windows Explorer.

3. Select the drive letter you wish to unmount.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 209

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Using the CLI:

1. Open a command prompt and change the directory as necessary so the path to reflect.exe is shown.
See Running an elevated command prompt .

2. Complete the command line as follows:reflect.exe [drive letter to detach] [-u](if no drive letter is included the switch -u will detach all temporary mounted drives).

3. Press Enter.
Examples of using CLI to unmount an image:To Detach all temporary drives:

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe -u
To Detach Drive J only:

C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect>reflect.exe J -u

Problems mounting images
If you have a problem mounting your images, it is possible that the image mounting system driver has
failed to load correctly. To resolve this issue it is recommended you reinstall Macrium Reflect. This
problem can be caused by anti-virus software disabling features as a security precaution.

Browsing Linux Ext File System Images
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 210

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Browsing Linux Ext File System Images
Note: It's been reported that Ext2Fsd is no-longer compatible with Windows 10.
This page is provided for reference and it is no-longer recommend that this driver is installed.

By default Windows doesn't recognize file systems formatted using Linux ext, however, Images containing Linux ext
file systems can be browsed by using a free Windows driver.
Download Ext2Fsd from here: https://sourceforge.net/projects/ext2fsd/
Once downloaded, run the installer accepting any defaults.

De-select launching the volume manage as this isn't required.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 211

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Linux ext partitions in Macrium Reflect image files can now be mounted and explored.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 212

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

See also: Linux ext file systems can show a larger used and total space in Macrium Reflect

Restoring a file and folder backup
When you restore a file and folder backup, you can restore files to their original folder or restore the folder structureand selected files to a place of your choosing. If you want to restore individual files without their folder structure,browse them instead and use Windows Explorer to copy and paste them.

This tutorial is only for File and Folder backups and not image backups. For information on restoring
image backups see Restoring a System image from Windows.

1. Open Macrium Reflect and select the Existing Backup tab, then select File and Folder.
2. Select your backup, if none show select Browse for a backup file... and locate the file you want, it is added
to the list of backups in the bottom half of the window.

3. Click the Restore icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 213

3.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Select the files that to be restored. You may restore all the files as shown in this tutorial, or select individual
directories and files you wish to restore.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 214

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. Click Next.
6. Select where you would like the files restored to. By default, they are placed in the original location, but it ispossible to restore them to a new location.

7. Click Next.
8. A summary window displays showing the details of the restore.
9. Click Finish.

Restoring MS SQL
Macrium Reflect Server Plus offers a rich feature set for restoring backups taken of SQL databases.
Restoring MS SQL to time of backup

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 215

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Restoring MS SQL to a point-in-time
Restoring MS SQL to a different instance, folder, or database nameRestoring MS SQL to time of backup
1. Select Existing Backups then select SQL.
You should see your backups. If no backups show click Folders to search, to direct Macrium Reflect to thelocation of the SQL backup files.

The left-hand tree shows databases that can be restored.
2. Select the databases you wish to restore.
The middle of the screen shows controls for choosing the destination instance, database name and directorythat contains the MDF and LDF files. The controls automatically default to the instance, database name anddirectory of the original backup. The latest backup is selected.

3. If you wish to restore to a different backup click Select time... and select the backup you wish to restore to.
4. When you are happy with the selection, click Restore.
5. Review the summary and click Restore.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 216

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. A warning box appears, if appropriate click Yes to continue with the restore.

The restore completes and a dialog box advising completion appears.

7. Click OK.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 217

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Restoring MS SQL to a point-in-time
In some circumstances, it is possible to restore a database to a specific point-in-time. This is especially useful if you
have accidentally deleted a table or other specific piece of data and need to roll back to the point just before thedelete was done. The following situations must be considered when trying to restore to a point-in-time:
The database must be running the FULL recovery model.
It is not possible to restore to a point-in-time prior to the last full or differential backup.
It is not possible to restore to a point-in-time between full or differential images. You can restore to a point-intime from the last full or differential to the present.
In order to restore to a point-in-time:

1. On the Existing Backups task pane, select SQL and select a database.
2. Click Select Time... you see the following dialog showing the history of backups made for the selected
database.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 218

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Select Restore to a specific date and time.
4. Select the time you wish to restore to, either setting the time and date manually, or selecting the backup you
wish to restore and then tweaking the date/time as required. It is not possible to set the controls to a date/time that can not be restored. Click OK.

5. Continue as above.

Restoring MS SQL to a different instance, folder, or database name
It is possible to restore a backup to a different instance by selecting the target instance in the Instance drop-down
combo box. Be aware that there can be compatibility issues when restoring databases to Microsoft SQL instances ofdiffering versions.
By default, the folder selected in Restore to directory is the default folder where the instance places MDF and LDF
files associated with the databases. If you change the folder, upon restoration, the MDF and LDF files move to thetarget directory, wherever they were to start with.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 219

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

By default, Macrium Reflect restores the database back to the original database name. However, if you change thename of the database in Target database name, a new database of that name is created. The MDF and LDF files
that restore also rename. This ensures the original database does not change but can be deleted manually when it is
no longer required.

Restoring MS Exchange databases
Macrium Reflect Server Plus can restore select databases back to your Microsoft Exchange Server providing thefollowing restore scenarios:
Restoring MS Exchange databases to time of backup
Restoring MS Exchange databases to point in time
Restoring MS Exchange databases to a different name or location

Restoring MS Exchange databases to time of backup
1. Select Existing Backups then select Exchange.
Available databases will be displayed. If no databases are showing, click Folders to search to search for
Microsoft Exchange backup files.

2. Select each database to restore. By default, the most recent backup is selected.
Restore Plan shows the backup files selected.
Restore Summary lists all databases restoring and the date/time of the backup file to restore from.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 220

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Click Restore to restore selected databases back to their original volume locations and database names.
4. Review the information and click Restore.

Restoring MS Exchange databases to point in time
When you restore to a different point in time, only the log files up to that point in time are restored which are thenreplayed into the restored database. you restore to a different point in time Macrium Reflect replays the log files up
until the selected point.

1. Select the databases to restore.
2. For each database restoring, select Restore from backup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 221

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Select a file in the list.
4. Click OK.
5. Optionally, click View files in Exchange Backup file to show files contained in the backup.
6. Click OK to keep the current selection.

Note: When restoring databases to point in time for the same storage group (under Microsoft
Exchange 2003/2007) Macrium Reflect forces you to use the same backup file in a single restore
operation to maintain log file consistency during the mount process. If you need to restore
databases in the same storage group to different points in time, do so in separate restore
operations.

7. Review the information and click Restore.

Restoring MS Exchange databases to a different name or location
Macrium Reflect Server Plus allows you to restore databases to different names and locations with support forstorage group and database creation.

1. Select the databases to restore.
2. Click Restore to (in this example) Mailbox Database.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 222

2.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select Restore Destination wizard begins:

3. Select Restore to alternate location.
4. Click Next.
5. Specify the database to restore to:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 223

5.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Name:

Specify the name for the database

Path:Specify the folder where you want the database restored.

Log file path:

Specify the folder where transaction log files are stored.

6. Click Next.
7. Review the information and click Finish.

Restoring emails with Mailbox Restore
In Macrium Reflect Server Plus you can use Mailbox Restore to restore individual emails from a backup of Microsoft
Exchange. This is useful if your backup contains some vital emails or attachments, but you don't want to have torestore the whole MS Exchange server in order to access them.
Mailbox Restore can restore emails, appointments, contacts, journal entries, notes, and tasks in the same way.
Before you begin:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 224

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For Mailbox Restore to function, Microsoft Exchange MAPI and CDO must be installed on the server. These arepresent by default on Microsoft Exchange Server 2003. For Exchange 2007 or later, they can be downloaded fromthe following link:
http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=42040
To restore an email using Mailbox Restore, the edition of Microsoft Exchange running on the target server must be
the same as the original server. An email backed up on a server running Exchange Server 2007, for example, canbe restored onto other servers running Exchange 2007, but not to a server running Exchange 2010.
Note: A mailbox needs to exist on the target server, with the same name as the original mailbox.
The user running Macrium Reflect must have full access permissions for the mailbox being restored to.

1. In Existing Backups, select Exchange.
2. Select Restore Exchange Mailboxes.

The Exchange Mailbox Restore Wizard appears.
3. Select the required message store/database to restore from and click Next.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 225

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Select the required folder, or click an appropriate folder to select the required individual email to restore.

5. Click the filter button to filter the email list by Sender, Recipient, Subject, Between dates, or whether there
are attachments.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 226

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. When you have made all the required selections/deselections, click OK.
7. Click Restore.

Setting up permissions for Mailbox Restore
MS Exchange 2007 or more recent

1. Open the Microsoft Exchange Management Shell as an administrator.
2. Run the following commands:

Add-MailboxPermission -user USERNAME -AccessRights FullAccess InheritanceType All MAILBOX
Add-ADPermission -user USERNAME -ExtendedRights Send-As MAILBOX
Add-ADPermission -user USERNAME -ExtendedRights Receive-As MAILBOX
substituting USERNAME and MAILBOX with your own username and the name of the user of the target
mailbox.
MS Exchange 2003

1. Click Start > Administrative Tools > Active Directory Users and Computers.
2. Under Users, right click on the user whose mailbox you wish to restore to, and click Properties.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 227

2.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. In Exchange Advanced, click Mailbox Rights.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 228

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. In the Permissions dialog, click Advanced, select your user name in the list, and click Edit.
If your user name does not appear on the list, then click Add, use the dialog to select your user name, thenclick OK.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 229

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. Check Full mailbox access - Allow , and click OK.

Adding MS Exchange search foldersv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 230

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Adding MS Exchange search folders
Macrium Reflect Server Plus maintains a list of all Microsoft Exchange backup folders, these folders are queried in
the Microsoft Exchange Restore view for storage groups/databases that can be restored.

Note: Macrium Reflect Server Plus can discover backups of Microsoft Exchange made on different
servers by using the following steps but only detects backups made from the same version of Microsoft
Exchange. When restoring databases from a different server you must restore databases to Microsoft
Exchange recovery mechanisms before migrating mailboxes using Microsoft Exchange.

1. Select Folders To Search at the top of the Exchange tab.

The Rebuild Exchange Backup Cache wizard displays.

2. To add additional folders to the search by either:a. Typing a folder name into the edit box.
b.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 231

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide2.

b. Clicking the browse button.
c. Selecting Add to list and browsing available folders.
3. Select required folders and click Next.

4. Review the folders to scan.
5. Click Finish.
Macrium Reflect scans the specified folders for Microsoft Exchange backups and lists those available forrestore in Microsoft Exchange Restore.

Restoring an MBR System image to UEFI/GPTThe Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) is an interface between a computer's firmware and operating
system. It is designed as a replacement for Basic Input/Output System (BIOS). UEFI supports hard disks with either
master boot record (MBR) or the newer GUID Partition Table (GPT) system. GPT is a newer standard that supports
disks larger than 2TiB and allows for more than four primary partitions per disk.
As UEFI and GPT are increasingly widespread, older images of MBR disks often need restoring to replacement
UEFI / GPT systems.

Rescue media created on Windows 7 and later is dual boot, meaning it boots in both MBR and UEFI
mode. Boot your rescue media in UEFI mode. Consult your Motherboard user manual for information
on how to do this.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 232

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Caution: We assume there are no other hardware differences between the system being imaged and thesystem being restored to. For dissimilar hardware, use ReDeploy.

1. Boot into Windows PE.
2. Open a Windows command window. To open a command window click the iconon the taskbar.

3. Type:diskpart

4. Type:list disk

5. Select the disk number that you want to restore to. For example:

select disk 0

6. Clean the selected disk:clean

7. By default, "clean" creates an empty MBR disk. Convert it to GPT:

convert gpt

8. Create the EFI partition:

create partition efi size=200

9. Format the EFI partition:format fs=fat32

10. Create the MSR partition:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 233

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
10.

create partition msr size=128

11. Exit Diskpart:exit

12. In Macrium Reflect, click Create Backups tab.
13. Click Refresh to read the newly initialized disk.

14. Click the Existing Backups tab.
15. Select the image file and select the Restore icon, drag and drop the imaged partitions but DO NOT restore
the MSR partition from the image file. In this example, only the C partition is restored to the target disk.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 234

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

16. When the restore is complete, configure the UEFI boot files in the EFI system partition.
Follow the steps in the section Fix Boot problems for GPT/UEFI Boot Systems in the following KB article:
Fixing Windows boot problems

You may need to edit the UEFI configuration to tell it to boot into the new GPT hard disk.

Restoring a UEFI/GPT System image to MBR
The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) is an interface between a computer's firmware and operating
system. It is designed as a replacement for Basic Input/Output System (BIOS). UEFI supports hard disks with either
master boot record (MBR) or the newer GUID Partition Table (GPT) system. GPT is a newer standard that supports
disks larger than 2TiB and allows for more than four primary partitions per disk.
This article covers restoring a disk image of a UEFI/GPT system and enable the restored image to boot using legacy
MBR booting.

Caution: We assume there are no other hardware differences between the system being imaged and thesystem being restored to. For dissimilar hardware, use ReDeploy.

1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 235

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
1. Boot into Windows PE.
2. Open a Windows command window. To open a command window click the iconon the taskbar.

3. Type:diskpart

4. Type:list disk

5. Select the disk number that you want to restore to. For example:

select disk 3

Please ensure that you use the correct disk number in the above command.

6. Clean the selected disk:

clean

7. Ensure that the target disk is MBR formatted

convert mbr

8. Create the Microsoft System Reserved partition

create par pri size=300

9. Format the MSR partition:format fs=NTFS quick

10. Set the partition 'Active'

activev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 236

10.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

11. Exit Diskpart:exit

12. In Macrium Reflect, click Backup tab.
13. Click Refresh to read the newly initialized disk.

14. Click Restore tab.
15. Select the image file, drag and drop just the Windows System partition to the free space on the target
disk. In this example, only the 'C:' partition is restored to the target disk.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 237

15.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: You can click 'Restored Partition Properties' to resize the restored partition to fill the newdisk if you wish.

16. Follow the steps in the section Fix boot problems on MBR/BIOS systems in the following KB article:
Fixing Windows boot problems

Note: You should select the newly created 300MB partition as the 'Active' partition when running'Fix Boot Problems'Bare metal restore of a Dynamic disk system
Introduction
Dynamic disks are Microsoft's LVM implementation. It is analogous to RAID enabling volumes to be extended
over more than one disk, be mirrored over multiple disks, etc. Unlike RAID, it does not need any specifichardware.
As dynamic volumes support many more than the 4 primary partitions of an MBR partitioning scheme but canstill be booted (in mirrored or simple configurations), they are occasionally used for single disk configurations.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 238

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Non-Dynamic disks are known as Basic disks by Microsoft.

How Reflect images a Dynamic disk
Dynamic disk systems can be imaged by Macrium Reflect Home, Workstation, and Server editions. The physicalstructure of the source dynamic volume is not stored in the image and so dynamic volumes restructures to thephysical layout of the target disk when restored.
Dynamic volumes are differentiated from standard partitions by the use of a contrasting color and the disk title.

How to restore a Dynamic disk
Typically, the target will be the same as the dynamic disk from which the backup was taken; in which case therestore is automatically configured when the image is selected for restore. It is just as straightforward as the restore
of a Basic disk.
There are some limitations if you wish to restore to an already configured dynamic volume:

1. Before the backup is started, the Dynamic disk initialization and Volume configuration must be have been
completed by an external tool such as Disk Management or diskpart (both included with all versions ofWindows).

Dynamic disk initialization and Volume configuration is not possible in the rescue environment,even with diskpart. This is a known limitation of Windows PE (read more here and here) as a resultof not being able to persist the Dynamic disk state in the (possibly absent) host OS. If your target
disk is not initialized, and you need to restore it from the rescue environment, then you mustrestore to a Basic disk, and convert it back to dynamic once you have booted your (restored)
Windows system. See the next section for more details.

2. The restore is by volume. As part of the restore configuration, volumes to be restored must be "dragged" toalready configured Dynamic volumes on your target disk. It is not possible to reconfigure the target volume
size, so the "Restored partition properties" option is not available.

You can also drag and drop dynamic volumes to Basic MBR or GPT partitioned or an uninitialized
target disk. This enables you to convert a Dynamic disk back to Basic. This is not possible with
Microsoft tools.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 239

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How to restore a bootable Dynamic volume to an uninitialized disk
If your computer is not bootable, the restore must be run from the Reflect PE-based rescue environment.
The process is complicated as it is not possible to create a Dynamic disk from the rescue environment.
Therefore, the recommended method is to restore up to the first 4 partitions from within the rescue environment
ensuring the C: partition and your system reserved (if used) are included. Follow the restore steps, here, noting thatyou must drag each partition from the backup layout to the target disk.
Note that if there is no target disk then start the PE command window (icon lower left). Then typediskpart
list disks

Note: If you don't see your target disk, then a driver is missing for your target mass storage interface.
Please read about adding additional drivers here.

Identify the target disk and note the disk number. Then typesel disk <disk number>clean

Note: The clean command will reinitialize your disk. Any data will be lost. Please ensure that you selectthe correct disk!

To update windows PE with the new disk configuration, typerescanexit
Example diskpart session...

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 240

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Then use the refresh link in the backup tab. You should now be able to see the disk.

You should now be able to drag and drop up to 4 partitions from your image to your target disk.

If your Dynamic disk is UEFI / GPT configured, you will be able to restore all your partitions to a BasicGPT disk.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 241

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Once the restore has completed you should be able to reboot your computer, this time booting into yourrestored Windows system.

If your system doesn't reboot, you can use the fix boot problems feature.

You now have the choice of leaving your system as it is or converting back to a Dynamic configuration. To do this,use Disk Management, right click on the disk, and select "Convert to Dynamic Disk...".

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 242

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Once you have taken this step, if you have already restored all your volumes from the rescue
environment, the restore task is complete.
If you have further volumes to restore, you should use Disk Management (or diskpart) to create the new volumes ofa large enough size to contain the partitions to be restored. You can then restore any additional partitions that could
not be restored from the rescue environment.

Drive letters assigned to restored or cloned partitions

This article explains how to change the drive letters of restored or cloned partitions during and after the restore
or clone process.

How Windows assigns drive letters to mounted volumes (drives) on your system
Changing drive letters in the 'Restore Wizard' or 'Clone Wizard' when running Reflect in Windows
Changing drive letters using the Windows Disk Management Console after restoring or cloningv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 243

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How Windows assigns drive letters to mounted volumes (drives) on yoursystemWindows maintains driver letter persistence by storing a reference to each mounted volume and drive letter in thesystem registry using the following registry key

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\MountedDevices
https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc978525.aspx

Note: When restoring using the Windows PE rescue media, the letters assigned to restored partitions aretemporary for that Windows PE session only. When you boot into the restored system, drive letter
assignments will be exactly the same as they were when the image was created.

Changing drive letters in the 'Restore Wizard' or 'Clone Wizard' whenrunning Reflect in Windows
1. In the Restore Wizard click the Layout icon link after copying or dragging the partition to the target disk:2.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 244

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. In the 'Partition Properties' dialog click the Drive Letter combo box:

Property

Description

Auto

Let Windows automatically assign the next available drive letterNone

No drive letter will be assigned to the restored partition

Letter

Select a drive letter to use from the list of free letters. The original drive letter will be selectedby default.

Changing drive letters using the Windows Disk Management Console after
restoring or cloning
Windows ships with a utility to maintain local drives and partitions called the Windows Disk Management Console(DMC). Using the DMC you can easily change the drive letters assigned to any partition on your system, (except foryour system drive C:),1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 245

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
1. To start the Windows Disk Management Console
Click 'Start' or press the Windows Key, Type the following, and press enter:diskmgmt.msc

2. The DMC starts as shown below:

3. Right-click on the partition that you want to change in the lower pane and select Change drive letters andpaths:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 246

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. In the dialog that opens, select the original drive letter, click Change, choose a new drive letter and finally
click OK.

See also:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 247

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Restoring and browsing
Restoring an image from within Windows
Restoring a System image from Windows
Modifying restore destination partition properties

How to create a VHD and restore a backup to the VHD using Macrium
Reflect.
This article applies to Windows 7 and higher versions of Windows.

1. This section will take you through the creation of a VHD using the Windows Disk Management console andthe mounting process.

a. Open Windows Disk Management console.

b. Click on Action followed by Create VHD.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 248b.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guidec. Set your desired options and click OK to generate the VHD at the set location.

d.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 249

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

d. Locate the VHD in Windows Explorer and mount it by right-clicking the icon and selecting the Mount
option.

e. Once Mounted, Macrium Reflect Create Backups tab and Disk Management console will now
show the mounted VHD.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 250

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

If the VHD is not visible in Reflect after it has been mounted, please click the
button.

2. This section will take you through the restore process of your image to the VHD.
Before you begin: You must have a backup image of the disk ready to restore.

a. On the main screen, select Existing Backups then select Image.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 251

a.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backup images available to be restored are shown in the main pane.

b. Select the image you wish to restore and the Restore icon.

c. The next dialog gives you the opportunity to modify the destination properties.

Moving and Resizing the restored partitionv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 252

c.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

By default, partitions restore to their original locations if you click Copy selected partitions. However, to drag partitions to different locations and resize them to use the available
space. Simply drag the source partition to any available partition or free space on the target
disk. You can also delete partitions on the target disk to make space. For more destination
options and further information, see Modifying restored partition properties.

Drag and drop the disk partitions from the Source image to the Destination VHD.

d. Click Next to restore the image onto the VHD.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 253

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

e. A summary screen is displayed confirming the choices that have been made, click Finish.

Note: You may need to run Macrium ReDeploy to enable a restored system image to boot into the HyperV VM. Please see Re-deploying to new hardware for more information.

Scheduling and Retention rules
Macrium Reflect provides multiple Backup Plan options to create backup cycles in days, weeks, or months thatallow you to pick when you want your backup definitions to run and whether they should be Full, Differential or
Incremental backups. Scheduled backups can run independently of whether anyone is logged into the computer.
Macrium Reflect provides an easy 3 step approach to editing backup plans for a backup definition:

1. First, optionally select a Template from a set that includes implementations of industry best practice likeGrandfather, Father, Son (GFS), or Incremental Forever

2. Add, remove or change the schedules as needed for Full, Differential, and Incremental backups
3. Finally, define Retention Rules for each type of backup. Using the Retention Rules, you can retain aspecific number of each type of backup or keep them for a number of days or weeks before cleaning up.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 254

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Options define whether to apply the retention rules to all the backups in the folder, whether to run the purge before
backing up, and let you define a minimum amount of disk space to retain in gigabytes (GB) before automaticallydeleting the oldest backup sets in the destination folder to make space available for new backups.

Note: A backup set consists of a full backup and any Incrementals or Differentials with the same image
ID. The image ID is the part underlined in the following example backup file name: 69B5FC3F39E0F9F5-00-00.mrimg

Further reading:
Scheduling backups
Configuring e-mail notifications
Running continuous backup of SQL databases
Which user name and password is used when scheduling a backup?
Retention and consolidation

Scheduling backups
Creating and Editing a Backup Planv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 255

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
The wizard splits the task of scheduling backups and setting retention rules into 3 steps as follows:

Select a Template for your Backup Plan
1. Click the drop-down box and chose an applicable template.
A summary is given for each template to help you select the template you require.

Add/Edit Schedules
When you have selected the template you want to use you can view the planned schedule.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 256

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Resolving Scheduling Conflicts
If multiple backup types are scheduled to run at the same time on the same day then only one backup willrun. For example, when scheduling a Full backup on the first Monday of each month and scheduling a
Differential for every Monday, on the first Monday a Full and Differential are both scheduled to run at thesame time. In this scenario, only the Full backup will run.
Full backups take precedence over Differentials and Incrementals
Differential Backups take precedence over Incrementals.

To add to this schedule:

1. Click Add Schedule and select either Full, Differential, or Incremental.
2. Set the frequency for the backup schedule.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 257

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Click OK.
To Edit the schedule:

1. Select the schedule you want to edit and click Edit Schedule.
2. Change the schedule to meet your needs and click OK.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 258

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
To delete a schedule:

1. Select the schedule you want to delete and click Delete Schedule.
2. A confirmation box appears, click Yes.

Define Retention Rules
1. Establish how long each type of backup in the schedule should be kept. It is advisable to keep backups forthe recommended period, however, you can de-select the backup type if you do not want to retain it.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 259

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium Reflect retention rules provide a powerful and flexible way to manage the lifetime and storage spaceused by your backups.
Choose how backups are matched, and how retention rules are applied to the target folder
Retention rules are applied to the target folder of the backup by selecting one of two options:

SimilarDisk Images are purged if they contain exactly the same Partitions as the current Image.

backupPartitions are identified using the unique Disk ID stored in sector 0 of the disk and thesets in thePartition sector offset. Note: For GPT disks the unique GPT disk GUID is used instead oftargetthe Disk ID

folder.

For File and Folder backups retention rules are applied according to the File and Folder 'Backup Set Matching' selection.

All backup

All backup sets in the target folder of the same type (Disk Image or File and Folder) aresets in thepurged according the retention rules.

targetfolder.

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keepv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 260

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked incremental and Differential backups in the same
backup chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked incremental backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted.

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained byensuring that the chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental
backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup and6 Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 incremental backups. Afterretention, the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2
incrementals would cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained
incremental requires the previous 2 incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure
backup integrity the 2 older incremental backups are consolidated with it to create a
new incremental backup.
F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental
M

F

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup

Synthetic

followed by Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled

Full ifforward' to create a Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge

Note: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge calculation

before thewhen purging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set IS included. This

backupmeans that if you set the retention count to 1 Full backup then all of your backups will bedeleted and a new Full backup created.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 261

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on theoldestdrive drops below the GB threshold.

backup set

Note: The free space threshold is actioned dynamically. If the free space available drops(s) if lessbelow the threshold then the running backup is temporarily paused while older backup sets

than n GB

are purged.

Advanced options
If required, set Advanced Options as follows:
Compression to reduce the file size. Select level of compression and whether to make an intelligent sector
copy, that copies only disk sectors used by the file system or make an exact copy of the partitions, that
includes unused sectors.
Note: reducing the file size may increase the total backup time.
File Size to enter a fixed file size for the image, this is useful for manually copying the image file to CD/DVD.
Password to select whether to password protect the image.
Auto Verify Image to select to verify image or backup file directly after creation.
Note: This can add a significant amount of time to the backup process.
Comments to set comments for the image or backup.
Shutdown to set whether the computer should be shutdown after a backup task has completed.

Configuring e-mail notifications
For many users, email notification of success or failure of a backup helps them keep on top of the status of their
backups, particularly with scheduled backups which take place in the background.
Program Defaults and SMTP Server settings
Custom SMTP Server
Google - Gmail and Microsoft Outlook 365
Default Email Success, Warning and Failure
Email notification for existing individual backups

Program Defaults and SMTP Server settings
The default settings are used when creating new backup definitions
From Other Tasks select Edit Defaults and Settings...

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 262

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Emails can be sent for backup completion notifications, software update notifications and for add-hoc emails of logs
and support contact.
You can choose to manually configure your Email SMTP server, or use your Google or Microsoft account to send
Emails using Gmail or Outlook 365

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 263

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Custom SMTP Server

OptionDescription

Senders EmailThe Email address of the sender. This is normally required to be the same domain as your ISP.

Authentication

Authentication options are set by your email provider/server.

Note: If you do not know your authentication settings, try Auto Detect.

SMTP

The user name associated with your e-mail account. This is essentially your email address.

Usernamev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 264

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

SMTP

This is the password for your e-mail Server.

Password

SMTP ServerThis is the outgoing / SMTP Server setting or IP address.

Connection

Contact your ISP for the correct setting

Type

Note: These settings can be found from your email provider.

SMTP PortThis is associated with Connection Type and is the port number that the SMTP server islistening on.

Note: These settings can be found from your email provider.

Test

This option is used to test the configured settings; enter your e-mail address in that field andRecipientsclick Test to send a test message to your email.

Google - Gmail and Microsoft Outlook 365
Macrium Reflect v8.0 includes OAuth 2.0 to authenticate Macrium Reflect to send emails using your Microsoft or
Gmail account. It's easy to setup and uses your account sign in, including two factor if enabled, to securely
authenticate.

Note: OAuth 2.0 authentication tokens are stored locally. We don't see or store any authentication
information on our servers.

Microsoft - Outlook 365

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 265

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Google - Gmail

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 266

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The first time you sign in you will be prompted for a one time download and install of the WebView2 distribution
installer.
This is a lightweight MS Edge Chromium web browser that provides a controlled experience for the Macrium Reflect
implementation of the OAuth 2.0 login.

Click 'Yes' to install or 'No' to continue with your web browser.
If you click 'No' you will be taken out of Macrium Reflect to continue in your default web browser.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 267

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Once WebView2 installation is complete a web sign in dialog opens. Follow the normal sign in procedure for
either Microsoft or Google, completing two factor authorization as necessary.
You'll be prompted to accept permissions to allow Macrium Reflect to send emails on your behalf.

Note: These are the absolute minimum permissions required to send emails. We don't require or request
anything else

For Microsoft Click 'Accept'

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 268

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For Google click 'Allow'

That's it! You're now setup to use Gmail or Microsoft as the service provider to send your backup completion
emails.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 269

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 270

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 271

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Default Email Success, Warning and Failure

OptionDescription

Attach log file

Attach the HTML backup log file.

Attach VSS log file

Attach the VSS log if VSS was involved in the backup.

Include Cancellations

Email Failure setting. Also send an Email for cancelled backups.

Recipient List

Separate multiple Email addresses with ';'name@domain.com; name2@domain.com

Subject

Enter your own text in these fields to identify the backup job.

Content

Email notification for existing individual backups
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 272

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click Definition Files, right-click on the backup definition and select Advanced Options.

Click the Email icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 273

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Set your e-mails for success and failure of a backup as described above.
Click OK.

Running continuous backup of SQL databases
Running continuous backups of SQL databases ensures that frequent backups of your databases are taken atrequired time intervals. It is always possible, therefore, to restore your data to a point as close as possible to thefailure point.
Continuous backups run separately from normal backups and imaging functions. A new Macrium Reflect SQL
backup file is made each day and has its own email notification, disk space management, compression, andpassword settings.
If an additional backup of a database under continuous backup is made, Macrium Reflect automatically creates a
new full backup to ensure consistency of backed up logs.
You can not run continuous backups on databases that are not running the Full Recovery Model.

1. Select Continuous Backup from SQL Server Tasks.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 274

1.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. The first time a reminder box displays, check Don't ask me again, if appropriate, and click OK.
3. A dialog showing databases running the Full recovery model appears, select Enable SQL continuous
backup.

4. Select the databases you wish to add to continuous backup.
You can select databases from multiple SQL instances.

5. If required, click Advanced Settings to change the compression, password, and email option.
6. Click Next.
The dialog Select how you would like to run continuous backup appears.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 275

6.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

By default, Run all day is selected.

7. Select run from and specify a time range when you want to have the continuous backup running.
8. If required, select the frequency for log backups.
9. Specify; how many days between full backups and what time of day you want them to start.
10. When you are happy with your selection, click Finish.
Continuous backup runs in the background. You can run and create backups of the system or of SQL databases
without interfering with continuous backup. Only log files for failed continuous backups are stored.

Which user name and password is used when scheduling a backup?
Macrium Reflect uses the standard Windows task scheduler to schedule backup jobs. To ensure that tasks can run
when no users are logged on to the computer it is necessary to supply a Windows user account and login password.
These are the same details that are used when you login to Windows:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 276

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How do I see what my actual user account name is?
The actual account name can be different to the name used at the Windows login screen. If you are having difficultyfinding your user account name then:

1. Click the Windows start button and type:

cmd
For more information on starting a command prompt please see Running an elevated command prompt

2. In the command prompt window, type:whoamiv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 277

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
The screen-shot shows that the user account currently logged on is Richard.
Note: for Windows XP, the command is:

Windows XP
echo %username%.

I don't use a password but the scheduler is prompting for one
If you don't use a password when logging into Windows your system might have been set to automatically log you inwith a saved password. To reset your password:

1. Click Windows key
2. Type netplwiz and press Enter.
3. Check Users must enter a user name and password to use this computer and click Apply.

3. To manage/change your user account password press Ctrl+Alt+Del.

Retention and consolidation
Scheduling full, incremental and differential images as part of a regular backup cycle is essential for optimising theuse of available storage space, protecting your computer from sudden failure and giving you the ability to recoverhistorical data.
Retention types

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 278

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Retention and consolidation of full, differential and incremental backups combined with deletion logic maintains
backup set integrity by ensuring the backup chain is never broken.
The following are examples to show how retention rules operate on your backup sets....

Full backup retention
In Full backup retention, a specified number, or age, of full backups are retained. When full backups are purged, theentire backup set is also deleted.

e.g, Retain 1 Full backup.
After retention, the entire previous backup set is deleted

Differential retention
Specify a number of differential backups to retain by age or number,

For example, Retain 2 differential backups.
After retention, the most recent 2 differential backups are retained. Incremental backups that are linked to previous
differential backups are deleted along with the deleted differentials.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 279

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Incremental retention
Specify the number of incremental backups to retain. If by deleting an incremental the backup chain is broken thiscauses consolidation of the oldest retained Incremental.
M T W T F M T W T F M T W T F M T W T F M T W T F M T W
F I I I I D I I I I D I I I I D I I I I D I I I I F I I

For example, Retain 4 incremental backups.
After retention, the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. The oldest retained incremental is not be valid
on its own as it requires the previous 2 incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure backup integrity the 2older incremental backups are consolidated with it to create a new incremental backup.

Synthetic Full / Incrementals forever
Incrementals forever optimises backup space and time by only ever creating a single full backup. After this,incremental backups are created forever and, once the specified number of incremental backups is reached,
Macrium Reflect consolidates the incremental backup into a new 'synthetic' full backup. This is also known as a
Synthetic Full backup.
For example, Incrementals forever with retain 4 incrementals. For the first week,

The next Monday, to retain 4 Incrementals, the Full is consolidated with the first incremental to create a new
Synthetic Full.

On Tuesday the consolidation step is repeated again on the next incremental image.

This process is repeated forever. After the first Full only Incremental backups are required.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 280

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Consolidation is performed non destructively and ‘In Place’. Therefore, very little additional disk space is required
during consolidation and failed consolidations will automatically revert to the pre-consolidation state. For example, aconsolidation could fail mid process due to a hardware malfunction such as a dropped network connection. In thiscircumstance the consolidation would automatically begin again the next time the backup is run without any loss of
backup integrity.

Backup Plans
Backups schedules and retention rules are saved in a Backup Plan with each backup definition. You can evendefine your own Backup Pan Templates for easy reuse. The following are default templates:
Grandfather, Father, Son.
Daily Incremental ("Son"), weekly Differential ("Father"), and monthly Full ("Grandfather") backups. Retention foreach backup type can be set based on data history and space requirements. e.g,
Backup Type

Schedule

Retention

Monthly Full Backup

Run on the 1st Monday of every month

26 Weeks

Weekly Diff Backup

Run on every Monday (except 1st Monday)

4 Weeks

Daily Inc

Run Tues, Wed, Thu, Fri

14 Days

Differential Backup Set
A Full backup is created periodically followed by daily Differential backups.
Backup Type

Schedule

Retention

Monthly Full Backup

Run on the 1st Monday of every month

26 Weeks

Daily Diff Backup

Run on Mon, Tues, Wed, Thu, Fri (except 1st Monday)

30 Days

Incremental Backup Set
A Full backup is created periodically followed by daily Incremental backups.
Backup Type

Schedule

Retention

Monthly Full Backup

Run on the 1st Monday of every month

26 Weeks

Daily Inc Backup

Run on Mon, Tues, Wed, Thu, Fri (except 1st Monday)

30 Daysv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 281

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Incrementals Forever
An initial Full backup is created followed by daily Incremental backups.
BackupSchedule

Retention

Initial Full

Initially created when the first Incremental is

A Synthetic Full is created after the first 30

Backupscheduled to be created

Incrementals

Daily IncRun Every Mon, Tues, Wed, Thu Fri

30

Type

BackupThe Macrium Rescue Environment
CautionThe first thing you need to do after installing Macrium Reflect is create Rescue MediaIf you lose your Windows operating system, you can start your PC using Macrium Reflect rescue media on CD,
DVD, or USB stick. This makes creating rescue media the first thing you need to do with Macrium Reflect. It contains
a bootable, lightweight version of Windows and a full version of Macrium Reflect.
This lightweight version of Windows is called the Windows Recovery Environment (also known as Windows RE or
WinRE) and is supplied with Windows 7 and later operating systems. For Windows XP, Vista and systems without
WinRE, Reflect will download the Windows Pre-installation Environment (also known as Windows PE or WinPE)
directly from Microsoft.
You have the option of restoring to a new system or virtual machine using Macrium ReDeploy to reconfigure your
Windows installation for the new hardware.
Windows PE hardware support
The Macrium Rescue Environment needs to include support for your hardware such as USB ports, network
interfaces, and in particular for your storage device if for example you use RAID disks. The default Windows PE
environment supports a good selection of hardware and you can add support for further devices. When Macrium
Reflect creates a rescue CD or USB, it analyses your system hardware and tries to locate drivers for unsupported
devices by looking on your system. If it can't find appropriate drivers, Macrium Reflect prompts you to provide
drivers. You can provide drivers by finding driver packages on the local hard drive, looking for driver CDs suppliedwith the system, or downloading drivers from the web. After you provide these additional drivers, Macrium Reflect
adds them to the Windows PE environment.

Note: You cannot add support for booting media because booting takes place before drivers are loaded.
For example, if your CD drive is connected via an unsupported SCSI interface card or your boot menu lies
on an unsupported RAID array, then the Windows PE cannot boot. Booting using a USB stick is a goodworkaround in this case as all USB 2/3 interfaces are supported by default.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 282

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

CD, DVD and USB rescue media
You can boot your computer into Windows PE from a CD, DVD, USB stick or USB attached external hard disk. For
convenience or for automated restores to your system disk, you can add Windows PE to a boot menu that's
displayed when your system first starts. Although, do not rely upon this local copy as a rescue mechanism because it
could be lost if you suffered hard disk failure or corruption leaving you without a method for rescuing your system.
Macrium Reflect creates custom Windows PE systems for each installation type by downloading the requiredcomponents from Microsoft.
Further reading:Rescue Media Builder - How It Works
Creating rescue media
Adding a Boot Menu option for system Image recovery
Technicians portable application support
About Adding Drivers to WinPE Rescue Media
Fixing Windows boot problems
Updating rescue media to include additional hardware drivers
Adding iSCSI support to Windows PE
Adding BitLocker support to Windows PE
Restoring an image from within the Rescue Media

Rescue Media Builder - How It Works
RMBuilder.exe
The Rescue Media Builder executable 'RMBuilder.exe' is located in the Macrium Reflect installation folder, usually'C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect'. RMBuilder.exe can be launched independently or by taking the Rescue Mediabuild menu option in Macrium Reflect.
RMBuilder.exe depends on the following files:
Description

Architecture

File name

DVD/CD Support

32 BitPrimoBurner.dll

64 BitPrimoBurnerx64.dll

32 BitWaikFiles00x86.exe

64 BitWaikFiles00x64.exe

Free Editionv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 283

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Description

Architecture

File name

Home/Workstation Edition

32 BitWaikFiles15x86.exe

64 BitWaikFiles15x64.exe

32 BitWaikFiles20x86.exe

64 BitWaikFiles20x64.exe

32 BitWaikFiles25x86.exe

64 BitWaikFiles25x64.exe

Server Edition

Server Plus Edition

Note: RMBuilder.exe requires Macrium Reflect to be installed.

Windows Image File (WIM) and toolset files location
For Windows PE 3.1/4.0/5.0/10 the files required to build the Macrium Rescue media are copied from the Input
location to the Repository. The Repository is then used to populate the Staging Area when rescue media is built
from scratch or stale.
For the Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) the required files are located on the current system and copied
to the Staging Area when rescue media is built from scratch or stale.
The Staging Area provides the files for the Boot Menu and for creating ISO/DVD/CD and USB boot media.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 284

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Windows PE 3.1/4.0/5.0/10
Required files to populate the PE Repository are searched for in the following sequence...

1. PE Zip files: - PE zip files(s) containing the Windows Image (WIM) file and toolset files are saved to the
Macrium download folder by the Reflect download manager ReflectDL.exe.
The default location is 'C:\users\<USER>\Downloads\Macrium'
Windows PE

File Name

PE 3.1

pe3x64.zip
pe3x86.zip

PE 4.0pe4x64.zip
pe4x86.zip

PE 5.0pe5x64.zip
pe5x86.zip

PE 10

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 285

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

pe10_1709x64.zip
pe10_1709x86.zip.

2. WAIK/WADK - Windows is searched for installations of the Windows® Automated Installation Kit (AIK) forPE 3.1 or the Windows® Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK). These products contain the
Windows Image File (WIM) and tools to create the rescue media.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install
https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=5753

Note: The WADK and WAIK download is several GB. It isn't necessary to manually install theseproducts unless you are having problems with the automated download.

3. Automated Download - Finally, any missing files are automatically downloaded directly from Microsoft andcopied to the PE Repository.

Note: If there is no Internet connection at this stage then the build process will fail.

PE Repository
Files located in 1. above are copied to the PE repository in the following folders.
PE Version

Location

3.1

C:\ProgramData\Macrium\Reflect\Windows AIK

4.0

C:\ProgramData\Macrium\Reflect\Windows Kits\8.0

5.0

C:\ProgramData\Macrium\Reflect\Windows Kits\8.1

10

C:\ProgramData\Macrium\Reflect\Windows Kits\10

Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE)
Files for the Windows Recovery rescue environment are pre-existing and located on the local file system.
The folowinng folders, and sub-folders are searched for file WinRE.wim

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 286

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

C:\Windows\System32\Recovery<ALL VOLUMES>\Recovery

If multiple copies of WinRE.wim are found then each WIM is examined and the WIM that contains the most recent
Windows OS is copied to the Staging Area.
Additional toolset files are copied from folder 'C:\Windows\Boot'

Staging Area
The Staging Area is re-populated each time the rescue media is re-built. Immediately after the Windows Image(WIM) file is copied to the Staging Area, it is mounted and the current version of Macrium Reflect is copied to the
WIM file system along with required components and additional files extracted from WaikFilesxNNnnn.exe.
PE Version

Location

3.1

C:\boot\macrium\WAIKFiles

4.0

C:\boot\macrium\WA4KFiles

5.0

C:\boot\macrium\WA5KFiles10

C:\boot\macrium\WA10KFiles

WinRE

C:\boot\macrium\WinREFiles

OutputWhen the 'Build' button is clicked files are copied from the Staging Area to the rescue media target. For the Boot
menu, the Windows Boot Configuration Data (BCD) is updated to add a 'Macrium Reflect System Recovery'menu option which loads the Windows Image File (WIM) directly from the Staging Area.
For more information on the Windows BCD please see here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_Vista_startup_process

Creating rescue media
Main User Interface
Boot Menu Options
USB Rescue Media Options

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 287

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
ISO/CD/DVD Rescue Media Options
Advanced Options
USB Flash Drive Formatting

Main User Interface
Macrium Rescue Media Builder provides a simple interface to allow for quick rescue media generation by selecting
where the rescue media will be generated and then clicking the Build button.
All options for the rescue media will be suitably defaulted based on existing rescue media builds and a scan of theoperating system environment.

1. Choose a rescue media target under Select Device
2. Click Buildv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 288

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The 'Header' area shows the currently selected Windows PE/RE version and settings. 'Show more' expands theview to show the selected Advanced options.
Rebuilding the Windows Image File (WIM)
If the Rescue media needs rebuilding then this will be indicated in the header area. Reasons for rebuilding:A later version of Macrium Reflect is available and needs to be added to the build.
A later version of Windows RE is available. A Windows update can cause the installed version of
Windows RE to be updated.
Any 'Advanced' settings that have changed since the rescue media was last built. If you click 'Show
more' these settings will be highlighted in blue text.
A 'Custom WIM' file has changed since the last build.
The '\Boot\Macrium\Drivers' sub folder contains new or changed driver files.
Clicking Build will re-populate the Staging Area, mount the WIM and copy the relevant files before dismounting the
WIM and continuing with the build target operation.
WIM Rebuild Override
Overriding the default WIM rebuild behaviour may be useful to create rescue media without updating to a later
release of Macrium Reflect, or, to force a rebuild to troubleshoot corrupt or non-booting rescue media or boot menu
option.
The default WIM rebuild action can be overridden by pressing the Ctrl key. Once pressed, and if appropriate, theBuild button becomes a 'split' button showing either a Skip WIM Rebuild... or a Force WIM Rebuild... menu option,
the opposite of the default 'Build' button behaviour.

The override menu is not displayed in the following scenarios:

1. The 'Remove boot menu' option is selected. WIM operations are not relevant in this case.
2. The WIM needs rebuilding and the 'Current boot menu' option is selected. In this case, thedefault operation of rebuilding the WIM is the only operation relevant and available.

The 'Select Device' area shows a list of possible ways the rescue media can be created.
TargetDescription

Windows

Will either add, update or remove an entry from the Windows Boot Menu, select from the 'Boot Menu

Boot

Options' for the desired action.

Menu

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 289

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

TargetDescription

USB

Creates the rescue environment on an external USB flash drive. At least one partition is required onFlashthe drive with enough space for the rescue media files or the disk should be empty of partitions but beDrivelarge enough for a new partition to accommodate the rescue media files.

USB

Creates the rescue environment on an external USB HDD. As with the USB Flash Drive option a

HDD

partition must be available with enough space or there should be enough space to create a newpartition.

ISO File

Creates an ISO file suitable for either burning with third party software or booting a virtual machinefrom.

Note: In the case of external USB Flash/HDD the creation process is non destructive. No existing partition
will be removed from the disk, only files added to an existing partition or a new partition created.

Boot Menu Options
Selecting the 'Windows Boot Menu' device will offer the following options
OptionDescription

No boot

Do not add a boot menu option to the Windows boot menu.

menu
Note: This option is not visible if a Macrium Reflect rescue environment exists in the
Windows boot menu

RemoveRemove the currently configured Macrium Reflect rescue environment Windows boot menu item.

boot
menu

Set boot

Add the currently selected WinPE/WinRE environment as a Windows boot menu item. A description ofmenu

the current environment can be seen to right of this option. Also, review the 'Header' area further up in
this document.

Current

Retain the currently configured Macrium Reflect rescue environment Windows boot menu item.

boot
menu

USB Rescue Media Options
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 290

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
USB Rescue Media Options
Selecting either 'Removable USB Flash Drive' or 'Removable USB Hard Drive' device will offer the following
options
OptionDescription

Check for devices

Scans for Mass storage or network controllers that do not have driver support andmissing drivers on bootshow a dialog to assist with adding and loading drivers.

Enable Multi Boot (MBR

Enables USB media to boot on both MBR and UEFI systems.

/UEFI)Create Portable

Adds support for running the 'Technicians Portable' form of Macrium Reflect rescue

Technicians Rescue

environment.

Media
Note: This will require a valid Technicians license key

ISO/CD/DVD Rescue Media Options
Selecting 'ISO File' or 'CD/DVD Burner' device will offer the following options
OptionDescription

Check for devices missing

Scans for Mass storage or network controllers that do not have driver support anddrivers on bootshow a dialog to assist with adding and loading drivers.

Prompt for key press to

Shows a simple prompt during boot, pressing any key will boot from the ISO media

continue boot sequenceand not pressing any key will boot from the normal volume.

Advanced Options
The 'Advanced' button opens options to change PE version and choose additional features for the rescue media
build.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 291

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

What version of Windows PE should I choose?
The default Windows PE version selected on a fresh installation:OS

Default Rescue Environment

Windows XP/Server 2003

Windows PE 3.1

Windows 7/Server 2008

Windows RE if available otherwise Windows PE 3.1

Windows 8.0/8.1/Server 2012/R2

Windows RE if available otherwise Windows PE 5

Windows 10/Server 2016./17

Windows RE if available otherwise Windows PE 10

You should ensure that your rescue media can access your System drive and also your backup location. The default
option selects Windows RE if available. If Windows RE is not supported or cannot be located then the Windows PE
version is selected that is the best match for your Windows operating system (see table above). This enables the
rescue media wizard to automatically copy any required drivers for Network, USB or SATA controllers. However,versions of Windows PE that are more recent than your Windows OS may already contain compatible drivers andalso offer additional support for USB 3.0.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 292

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: For Windows 7 systems with USB 3.0 ports it may be necessary to use PE 5.0 or PE 10.0 to enable
USB 3.0 in the rescue media

PE

Description

versionWindows

This is the default choice for Windows 7 and above. Windows RE is pre installed with Windows. If

REavailable, this option is best suited for your computer, includes WiFi support if built with Windows 10
and requires no further component downloads.

Note: Not available for Windows XP/Vista or for later Operating Systems if Windows RE
cannot be located.

Windows

Based on Windows 10. Supports UEFI / secure boot, USB 3.0, Hyper-V Gen 2 VMs and Windows

PE 10.0

overlay file systems.
This is a good choice for Win 8, 8.1, 10, Server 2012, 2012R2 systems if Windows RE isunavailable. Windows PE 10 supports Windows 8.1 WIMBoot technology and Windows 10 'Compact
Install'. Both of these installation types are rare but may be used on Windows Tablet PCs with limited
disk space.

Note: The Windows PE 10.0 download option is not available if you are running Windows
XP, Vista or Server 2003/2008

Windows

Based on Windows 8.1. Supports UEFI / secure boot, USB 3.0 and Hyper-V Generation 2 virtual

PE 5.0machines.
This is a good choice for Windows 8/8.1 or Windows Server 2012 systems if Windows RE isunavailable. You may also consider this for older systems requiring default USB3.0 support.

Note: The Windows PE 5.0 download option is not available if you are running Windows XP
or Server 2003.

Windows
PE 4.0

Based on Windows 8. Similar to Windows PE 5.0, but based on the Windows 8.0 kernel.
This is a legacy option that is provided if you have used previous versions of Macrium Reflect before
PE 5.0 was included. Includes support for USB 3.0. We recommend that you use PE 5.0/10 unless
your require PE 5.0 features on Windows XP or Server 2003.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 293

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User GuidePE

Description

versionWindows

Based on Windows 7. This is the best option for Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Server 2003,

PE 3.1Server 2008, 2008R2 operating systems if Windows RE is unavailable.

Note: USB 3.0 support is not included.

Note: Some very early Windows XP systems may not meet the minimum requirements toboot Windows PE.

Note: If you have already built rescue media with an earlier version of Macrium Reflect then that PE
version will be defaulted

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 294

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Architecture

Choose from 32 or 64 bit.
WinRE is only available for the same architecture as the current Windows OS.

It's only necessary to choose an alternative architecture when creating rescue media toboot a different PC.

iSCSI

Enables restoration and clones to iSCSI connected disks. Please note that adding these

Supportcomponents may several minutes to the creation process.
See Adding iSCSI support to Windows PE for more information on using iSCSI in Windows PE

BitLocker

Add

Add the components required to run 'managebde.exe' and unlock BitLockered

Supportdrives to Windows PE.

Auto

Automatically unlocked BitLockered drives when the rescue media starts.

UnlockAlso see: Adding BitLocker support to Windows PE and BitLocker Restore/Clone Outcomes

Legacy EFI

Select this option if you are experiencing very low, less than 1024 x 768, screen resolution in PE 10

Screenor WinRE. Some early UEFI BIOS chipsets are incompatible with Windows 10 Pre-Installation

Resolution

Environment graphics output. Selecting this option will cause the PE 5.0 EFI microcode to be usedinstead of PE 10 when starting the rescue environment.

Copy WiFi

Select this option to copy WiFi profiles, including passwords, to the rescue media. If possible a

ProfilesWiFi connection will be automatically established when Windows RE starts.

Note: This option, and WiFi support, is only available in Windows RE 10. WiFi profiles
are encrypted to prevent unauthorised access.

CustomUse your own customized WIM for the rescue media. This is an advanced topic not covered in thisbase WIM

help.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 295

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Mass Storage and Network devices will be listed showing the current state of driver support. Drivers can be addedfor devices missing driver support as well as updating drivers previously added to the rescue media.
The status of a device can be one of the following
Device Status

Meaning

DeviceThe device has no drivers and will not function in WinPE/WinRE. If you require this device thenDetected

drivers should be added.

Device support

The device has a supporting driver in WinPE/WinRE. Generally you do not need to update thisin WinPE

form of driver.

Compatible

The device has a compatible driver in WinPE/WinRE. Again, this driver generally does notdevice support

require updating.

in WinPE

A driver has been previously added to the Macrium Reflect rescue media for this device.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 296

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Device Status

Meaning

Driver alreadypresent in
Drivers folder

Copy host

For Vista based and later operating systems if a device is found without driver support then thedriveroperating system will be scanned for a compatible driver. If discovered the host OS driver will be
added to the rescue media.

Note: If no compatible device is found then the status will remain at Device Detected

How To Update Drivers
Note: Click Update or double click a device to add or update a driver for a device.

WiFI Device Support
Note: WiFi device support will only be available in WinRE based rescue environments, even if drivers areadded for the device.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 297

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This dialog will show the current driver information for a device. To update the driver, click Browse, select a folder
and click the Scan button (optionally select to scan subfolders before starting the scan). The folder will be checked
for an updated driver based on either version number or date and if discovered, a prompt will be shown for update
confirmation.

Once an updated driver has been found and selected, click Apply to save the updated driver or Cancel to retain thecurrent driver.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 298

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect Rescue Media files can be stored on a different volume, this tab allows for selection of the preferred
volume. Select a volume by clicking the check box and then Click OK. Rescue media files will now be stored on thatvolume, any existing Macrium Reflect rescue media files from previous builds will be moved to a newly selectedvolume.

Note: This option is not available in Windows XP

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 299

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

USB Flash Drive Formatting
The following partition is required on the USB flash drive for booting the Macrium Reflect rescue
media:

Boot __________________

Type __________________Min * Partition * Size_________________

Multi-Boot MBR / UEFI

FAT32

1.2 x Size of Rescue MediaPE filesMBR Only

FAT32 or NTFS

1.2 x Size of Rescue MediaPE files

The Rescue Media PE files vary in size dependant on PE/RE version. 1GB will be sufficient for all PE and RE
versions as of May 2018. If there is insufficient free space then the build may fail.
Rescue Media Builder will first attempt to non-destructively copy the PE/RE files to an existing partition, then nondestructively create a new partition if necessary. If this is not possible then you will be prompt to destructively format
the drive.
The Flash drive is prepared and files copied according to the following steps...

1. The flash media is first searched for a partition of sufficient size and the required file system type as definedin the above table. If found then the PE/RE files are copied to the Flash drive.

Note:
For Multi-Boot (MBR/UEFI) rescue media the suitable partition is determined in the following
sequence:
The current 'Active' partition is checked for suitability.
If not found, the first suitable FAT32 partition is used. This partition is then marked 'Active'
For non Multi-Boot (MBR) rescue media the suitable partition is determined in the following
sequence:
The current 'Active' partition is checked for suitability.
If not found, the first suitable FAT32 partition is used. This partition is then marked 'Active'
If not found, the first suitable NTFS partition is used. This partition is then marked 'Active'

2. If no suitable partition/file system is found and the rescue media creation is Multi-Partition Aware then the
flash drive is searched to locate unallocated space to create a 1GB FAT32 partition.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 300

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide2.

USB flash Rescue media is considered Multi-Partition Aware if the host OS is Windows 10
Release 1709 or later and the target Win PE/RE WIM is also Windows 10 Release 1709 or later. In all other cases only a single partition will be allowed on flash media.

There can be a maximum of 4 primary partitions on the drive.
If a partition is successfully created and formatted then it is marked 'Active' and the PE/RE files are copied.

3. If the rescue media creation is not Multi-Partition Aware or if the partition in step 2 cannot be created thenRescue Media Builder will prompt to format the Flash Drive. This is destructive and all existing data will belost on the drive:

Partition and File System CreatedMulti-Partition

Type

Size

Y

FAT32

1GB

N

FAT32

32GB or the maximum size of the flash drive

Aware

If a partition is successfully created and formatted then it is marked 'Active' and the PE/RE files are copied.

Adding a Boot Menu option for system Image recovery
Adding a Macrium Reflect Windows boot menu enables direct access to the Macrium Windows PE recovery
environment without the need to burn a DVD or USB Flash drive.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 301

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: You are advised to create physical boot media, USB or DVD, that can be used if your OS systemdisk fails.

You can add a Macrium Reflect System Recovery menu option to your PC boot menu. By doing this you canrestore a system image (the C drive) without a recovery CD.

1. To open the Macrium Rescue Media Builder, Select Other Tasks then Create Rescue Media... or select the
Rescue icon.

2. Select Windows Boot Menu in the device list and click Build.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 302

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 303

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The Macrium recovery boot menu option - Windows 10

Technicians portable application support
Applies to Server Edition Technician's License only.
Note: Technician's Portable Application USB sticks, Optical media and ISO image files expire when yourlicense for Technician's product expires. You need to recreate your USB stick / ISO image file after thistime.

The Macrium Reflect Technician's License allows a single user to image multiple PCs (as specified in the license).
Macrium Reflect runs as a portable application from USB Rescue Media, mounted ISO image file or optical media.
The media also acts as a bootable rescue environment, which you can use to back up and restore licensed PCs.
Portable Mode Reflect is very similar to the Macrium Reflect environment you are familiar with.

Creating a technician's USB stick
1. Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Create Rescue Media...' menu option.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 304

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
1.

2. Select USB Device, CD/DVD Burner or ISO File as your target media.
3. Check Create a Technician's Rescue Media.

4. Click Build.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 305

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Launching Macrium Reflect from the USB or ISO image
1. Insert the USB or Optical media file and you will be asked to choose what happens with it.
2. Select Open folders to view files.
3. In the root of the USB stick, select folder Win32 or Win64.
The media contains both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Macrium Reflect. To launch the right one, a launcher isprovided called portable.exe.

4. Double click reflect.exe to launch Macrium Reflect.

Adding drivers to the portable PE environment
You can add drivers directly to the Windows PE rescue environment by booting into Windows PE and taking Restore> View Unsupported Devices. For more information see Adding device driver software

Adding drivers in Windows
Please note that this option is not accessible when booted in the PE environment and is only available in
Windows.

The portable edition of Reflect offers the ability to copy any missing drivers from the current system. To do this:

1. Select the Add Drivers to technician's rescue media option from the other tasks group on either the
backup or restore tabs.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 306

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 307

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

About Adding Drivers to WinPE Rescue MediaWinPE is packaged with a large collection of drivers, however, there are many devices that are not part of the WinPE
list of drivers. For WinPE to recognize your device, you need to add a driver. Your device then communicates with
WinPE and loads at boot time of WinPE.
The main devices to be concerned with are hard drive/RAID controllers, network interface cards (NIC) or USB
controllers and USB hubs.
If you intend to use a network device then you need to ensure that your NIC is supported in WInPE. If your hard
drives are attached to a RAID controller then you need to ensure that your RAID Controller is supported in WinPE,
either by a WinPE driver or by adding a driver.
A device driver is a collection of files (also referred to as a driver package) and generally comprises of:

1. The driver software. These files have a .SYS extension.
2. The driver information, or INF, file which contains the installation instructions for the drivers. These files havea .INF extension.

3. An optional security catalog which signs the drivers for operating systems which require signed drivers,
commonly used on x64 operating systems. These files have a .CAT extension.

4. One or more optional supporting software library files (Dynamic Link Library) which contain further code tosupport the driver software. These files have a .DLL extension.
Your best sources for driver packages are the CD that comes with your device (or motherboard) or downloads fromthe vendor website as a ZIP file. When downloading a package from the vendor website, it is best to source a ZIP
package for easy extraction.

Fixing Windows boot problems
This article explains how to use the 'Fix Boot Problems' option to resolve common boot problems when restoring animage.
Fix boot problems on MBR/BIOS systems
Fix Boot problems for GPT/UEFI Boot Systems
When restoring an image or cloning an HD there can be situations where Windows is unable to boot due to incorrectboot configuration. This article explains how Reflect enables you to resolve these situations.
Depending on whether the disk you have restored uses GPT or MBR partitioning schemes, the action you need totake may vary. This article covers both cases.

Fix boot problems on MBR/BIOS systems
Fix Windows boot problems is available in the Windows PE Rescue media environment. To fix Windows bootproblems, start your computer with your rescue media inserted. Then, after a restore or clone, to use fix bootproblems:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 308

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
1. Select the Restore menu, then select Fix Windows boot problems. Alternatively, select the Existing Backups
tab then under existing backup tasks select Fix Windows Boot Problems.

2. The Fix boot problems wizard will then open.
3. You will be presented with a list of Windows Installs, which the wizard detects. Verify these are correct. If the
wizard has not automatically detected your Windows install, add it using the buttons on the right. You can also
correct any details using the edit functionality.

4. Select the active partition. The wizard automatically selects the boot disk for the relevant Windows install, but
you can change this if you are using an alternative setup:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 309

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. Choose the boot options to be fixed. We recommend leaving all options checked, however, power users may wish
to alter the behavior of the wizard.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 310

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. Click Finish. The wizard will then offer you the choice to reboot. If you need to perform additional tasks in the PE
environment such as ReDeploy, select no. Otherwise, select yes.
7. Your system will now boot.

Fix Boot problems for GPT/UEFI Boot Systems
Fix boot problems is available in the same location as for MBR systems. Boot your UEFI capable rescue media.
Then:
1. Select the Restore menu, then select Fix Windows Boot Problems. Alternatively, choose the Existing Backups
tab then under existing backup tasks select Fix Windows Boot Problems.

2. The Fix boot problems wizard will then open.
3. You will be presented with a list of Windows Installs, which the wizard detects. Verify these are correct. If the
wizard has not automatically detected your Windows install, add it using the buttons on the left. You can also
correct any details using the edit functionality.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 311

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. (Optional Step) if you have multiple disks, you may be asked to select which you should boot from. Choose thedisk you wish to boot from, then press next.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 312

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. The wizard will then display a summary screen. Press Next.
6. You will then see a report showing you a choice of actions and allowing you to restart your PC. Select Yes if you
wish to restart now and select No if you wish to perform additional tasks in the PE environment.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 313

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Updating rescue media to include additional hardware drivers
While you have valid rescue media, it is possible that further down the line you add hardware to your computer
without updating the rescue media. Macrium Reflect provides a way of loading drivers for these pieces of hardware
when in Windows PE.
Select the Restore > View Unsupported Devices menu option, the following dialog will be shown:a list of devices which are currently unsupported will be shown. Drivers can be loaded using two methods:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 314

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select a device from the list and click Load Driver. Browse and select a driver INF file in the dialog that isdisplayed. Macrium Reflect will try and load the driver and report the result back.
Select 'Scan Folder'. The selected folder structure will be searched for driver INF files for all devices in thelist. After the scan, a dialog will be displayed showing which devices had drivers loaded.

Notes on Driver Packages
After downloading a driver package, unzip to a folder that Macrium Reflect has access to. All files within the driver
package should be extracted including .CAT and .DLL files.
When loading drivers Macrium Reflect will check for device support in INF files and if found will attempt to load thedriver. It is important that all the files that the driver package consist of should be present in the same folder as the
INF file. There will definitely need to be the .SYS file for the driver. The driver package may also consist of .CAT and .
DLL files, these need to be present in the same folder as well in order to load successfully.
Drivers must ideally match the architecture of your Windows PE installation. It should be noted that Windows 7
drivers may appear to have been added to Windows PE 4.0/5.0 successfully but will only sometimes work.

Adding iSCSI support to Windows PE
Macrium Reflect can include the components necessary to connect Windows PE to iSCSI. This enables restorationand clones to iSCSI connected disks.

1. Ensure that your Windows PE rescue media has been created with the 'Add iSCSI Support' option selected.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 315

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

2. Boot into Windows PE and start a command prompt.

The command line can be accessed by clicking the black icon on the bottom left corner of your screen.

3. You will need to change the IP address of your Windows Pre-installation Environment to the same IP
address that is configured on your Windows Host in order to be authenticated by the iSCSI target since
unknown IP addresses will result in a timeout when trying to login to the target.
Take 'Other Tasks' > 'Network Config'

4. Select the connected network adapter and click 'Properties'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 316

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4.

5. In Network Adapter Properties input the same IP address that is configured to connect to the iSCSI
target.
Note: In this case the Windows host IP address is '10.17.0.15'.
Please replace with the correct IP address for your Windows host.

6. In the command window type “net start msiscsi” to enable the Microsoft iSCSI server:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 317

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6.

7. After the service has started connect the iSCSI target to Windows PE by typing “iscsicli QAddTargetPortal
10.17.0.32” .
Note: In this case the target is '10.17.0.32' please replace with the correct IP address for your own iSCSII
target.

Note: Replace 10.17.0.32 with your IP address

8. Connect to the target in order to find out its Internet Qualified Name that is used to logon to the iSCSI target.
Type: “iscsicli ListTargets T”

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 318

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The above command gave output to a target name: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:fileserver-iscsidrive-target
This target name is used to logon and access the iSCSI Virtual Disk.

9. Using the “iscsicli QLogInTarget iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:fileserver-iscsi-drive-target” you will add
the iSCSI Virtual Disk to Reflects interface and it will appear as a local disk available for restore and clone .

10. If the iSCSI disk is not visible at first in the restore tab, select the 'Backup' tab in Reflect and click Refresh .

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 31910.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Your iSCSII disk is now connected and can be used as a target for your image restores and clones.

Adding BitLocker support to Windows PE
Note: It isn't absolutely necessary to unlock a BitLocker encrypted drive when restoring an image of theencrypted partition. The partition will restore without problems but will require re-encrypting on reboot.
Unlocking the drive in Windows PE enables intelligent sector copy imaging and cloning, RapidDelta
Restore (RDR), and also free access to the drive's contents using PE Explorer. In addition, restoring to an
unlocked drive will retain the encryption status of the drive when rebooting.

Automatically unlocking BitLocker encrypted drives
Macrium Reflect can include the components and decryption keys necessary to automatically unlock Microsoft
BitLocker encrypted drives in Windows PE.
In the Rescue Media Builder select Advanced then Add BitLocker Support and Automatically unlock BitLocker
Volumes.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 320

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

When Windows PE starts any BitLocker locked drives that were attached when the recovery media was created itwill automatically unlock them.

Unlocking BitLocker encrypted drives using a USB stick
Automatically unlocking encrypted drives when PE starts may present an unacceptable security risk for some users.
Automatic unlocking requires no user intervention and the Macrium Reflect boot menu is able to access encrypted
drives without password entry.
An alternative method is to de-select the Automatically unlock BitLocker encrypted drives option in the Rescue
Media Builder:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 321

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You can then save BitLocker Encryption Key files (.BEK) and/or BitLocker password TXT files to the root of any USB
stick. This could also be a Windows PE rescue media USB stick.

1.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 322

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

1. In Windows Explorer, right click on any BitLocker encrypted drive and click on Manage BitLocker.

2. In the newly opened window click ‘Back up your recovery key’3.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 323

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. In the BitLocker Drive Encryption wizard select ‘Save to a USB flash drive’ and chose the USB device youwant to save to.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 324

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

After choosing the USB device you want to save the Recovery Key file to , click Save and then Finish in the
BitLocker Drive encryption wizard. This action will save a .BEK file and/or a recovery password text file to thechosen USB device.

Note: The .BEK file is a protected operating system file, it is hidden by default and won't be visible
within Windows Explorer. it can be made visible by changing Folder Options and de-selecting theoption to Hide Protected operating system files.
You can add as many keys as you have encrypted drives.

When Windows PE starts ensure that your USB flash drive is attached to your PC. Your encrypted drives will then be
automatically unlocked when Macrium Reflect initializes.

Restoring an image from within the Rescue MediaThis article is for Restoring an image from within Windows PE Rescue Media. For restoring an image in Windows
see Restoring an image within Windows.
If the image contains only data, restoring it is very simple using Macrium Reflect. You can restore it back to its
original location without interrupting the operating system.
Before you begin: You must have a backup image of the disk ready to restore.

1. During start up of your PC on the first image you see press a button that will start a Boot selection menu.

Boot selection button differs from one PC manufacturer to another, best way to find out the Boot
selection menu on your PC is to consult the motherboard manual provided by the manufacturer.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 325

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Chose CD-ROM drive or a Removable USB device based on the choice of Rescue Media you've built andpress Enter to load the Rescue Media.

2. When You have loaded into windows PE, select the Existing Backups tab, then Image.

Backup images will be available to choose from and be restored in the main pane.

3. Select the image you wish to restore and click the Restore icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 326

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

If you cannot find the backup image you would like to use in the provided list, select Browse for an image
file… at the top of the existing backups tab and look through the windows explorer to find it.

4. This next window gives you the ability to edit partitions prior to the restore.

Moving and Resizing the restored partition
By default, partitions restore to their original locations. However, it's also possible to select a
different target disk and to drag partitions to different locations, and resize them to use theavailable space. Simply drag the source partition to any available partition or free space on thetarget disk. You can also delete partitions on the target disk to make space. For more destination
options and further information, see Modifying restored partition properties.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 327

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

5. This is the restore summary page, here you can finalize your Restore and if required access the Advanced
Options.

The Advanced Options include:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 328

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Rapid

Copy only changed data blocks to complete the restore process more quickly

Delta

See: Rapid Delta Restore - RDR

Restore:SSD Trim:

Enable TRIM on restore to increase both the lifetime and the performance of the SSD.
See: SSD Trim Support

VerifyTo verify the image integrity before restoring.

Image:

MasterTo replace the Master Boot Record (MBR) with the MBR from the backup.

Boot

The MBR is a small program that executes when the computer starts up. If this program

Record:becomes corrupt then you can have problems starting the computer operating system.
Note: On modern GPT/UEFI systems this option has no effect.

6. Once you have looked over the summary and you are happy with your restore settings you can click Finish
and begin the operation.

Macrium Image Guardian
Macrium Image Guardian Overview
Protected File Access
Installing Macrium Image Guardian
Activating Macrium Image Guardian
Macrium Image Guardian Events
Enabling and Disabling MIG on NTFS Volumes

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 329

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Image Guardian Overview
Macrium Image Guardian protects your backup files from unauthorised modification.
MIG grants write access to existing backups file for Macrium Reflect 7.1, any image tools
created by us, and optionally, MS RoboCopy. All other process attempting to update existing
backup files will be denied access.
MIG protects local NTFS volumes and allows Macrium Reflect 7.1 and later to use theprotected volume as a shared network resource.
__

Macrium Image Guardian protection architecture

Macrium Image Guardian protecting backups in a networked environmentv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 330

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In the above illustration, the PC sharing the backup repository (Shared Volume) has a full install of Macrium Reflect,
including MIG. A local drive is shared over the network and MIG has been enabled on that drive in the Macrium
Reflect user interface.
The other PC’s on the network can backup to this shared drive and do not require MIG to be installed. Backup filewrite access is automatically granted to Macrium Reflect 7.1, and later, write access for earlier versions of Macrium
Reflect and other processes will fail.
The PC hosting the share with MIG installed can be used as a standalone Macrium Reflect installation. The
protected drive will prevent unauthorised access to backup files on that drive if the local PC creates backups to theprotected volume.

Protected File Access
Macrium Image Guardian will protect all existing local backup files from unauthorised modification or deletion. Allsuch activity will be blocked with error 0x80070510 - Storage policy block.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 331

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Protected File Types
The following file extensions are protected by Macrium Image Guardian.

Extension

Backup Type

.mrimgMacrium Reflect image files.mrbakMacrium Reflect File and Folder backup files.mrex

Macrium Reflect Exchange backup files.mrsql*Macrium reflect SQL backup files*Note: SQL backup files can only be created to a protect volume by Macrium Reflect running on the local
PC. Network write access will be blocked for all processes, including Macrium Reflect. This limitation will
be removed in a future update.

Windows File operations on Macrium Backup filesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 332

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium Image Guardian will block opening of backup files for modification or delete, The following lists some of theoperations and special considerations if you are maintaining the location and life of Macrium backup files outside ofMacrium Reflect.

1. Windows Explorer Copy. New backup files can be created on a protected volume as the result of a
Windows Explorer copy operation.
Copying a file to the same folder as the original will be blocked on local file systems. Duplicate files in thesame folder is undesirable and should be avoided. The identity of the backup file will be duplicated and thiscan lead to unpredictable results in Macrium Reflect.

2. DOS Commands. COPY, MOVE, and XCOPY. These commands will succeed where the result of theoperation is a new file. Overwriting or deleting existing backup files files will fail.

3. RoboCopy. RoboCopy.exe can copy, move and synchronise folders. For more information on RoboCopy
parameters please see here: https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc733145(v=ws.11).aspx
Some RoboCopy parameters may perform delete file and overwrite operatons on your backup files and havespecial functionality in MIG if the 'Allow RoboCopy to sync and move backup files on protected volumes'
option is enabled:

Parameter

Rule

/MOVE

If the source folder is on a protected volume then the /MOVE /MOV parameters will only

/MOV

delete backup files in the source folder if the destination folder is also on a protectedvolume.
This ensures that existing files cannot be moved to an unprotected volume andcompromised.

/MIR

If the target folder is on a protected volume then the the /MIR /PURGE parameters will only

/PURGE

delete backup files in the target folder if both of the following conditions are true:a. The source folder is a backup destination in any saved backup definition xml file.
b. The target folder is not a backup destination in any saved backup defintion xml file
This ensures that the synchronisation operation cannot inadvertently, or otherwise, delete
files in a folder that is used as a backup destination in Macrium Reflect.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 333

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Parameter

Rule

All

If the result of any parameter is to overwrite an existing backup file on a protected volume

overwritethen this will only be allowed if the target folder is not a backup destination in any saved

operations

backup definition xml file.

RoboCopy and Network Shares
If the source of a /MOVE /MOV or target of a /MIR /PURGE operation is a MIG protectedvolume on a network share then all delete operations are blocked. This is because RoboCopy'Rules' can only be applied if the Windows session that's opening the files is the same Windows
session that's running RoboCopy. In the case of a network share, the remote computer is opening
the files and will block all delete operations.

Installing Macrium Image Guardian
MIG is an optional component in the Macrium Reflect installer, It is selected by default and is available for Windows
7 and above in all editions of Macrium Reflect except for the Free Edition.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 334

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
After installation, if MIG has automatically protected any local back drives for existing backup definitions thenthe following message box is displayed the first time Macrium Reflect is started:

Activating Macrium Image Guardian
MIG is active directly after installation and will automatically protect backup destination drives.
To turn MIG on, off, or temporarily disable take the Other Tasks menu, then select the Macrium Image Guardian
Settings... menu option.

You can also activate the MIG Settings dialog by clicking Settings in the MIG blocked activity popup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 335

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The MIG Settings dialog

Turn onStarts the Image Guardian Service

Image
Guardianv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 336

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Automatically

When turned on, all saved backup definitions are searched and Image Guardian is enabled forprotect local

local backup drives

backup drives

When creating a new backup, unprotected target drives will be automatically protected byenabling Image Guardian on the drive.
When the PC is restarted, Image Guardian will be re-enabled on all backup drives. This preventsaccidentally leaving your drives unprotected by manually turning protection off.

Allow

Enables the MS utility RoboCopy to delete and overwrite backup files on protected volumes with

RoboCopy to

the /MOV, /MOVE, /PURGE and /MIR parameters.

sync andParameter

Ruleprotected/MOVE

If the source folder is on a protected volume then the /MOVE /MOV

volumes/MOVparameters will only delete backup files in the source folder if the destination

move backup
files onfolder is also on a protected volume.
This ensures that existing files cannot be moved to an unprotected volume andcompromised.

/MIR

If the target folder is on a protected volume then the the /MIR /PURGE/PURGEparameters will only delete backup files in the target folder if both of thefollowing conditions are true:

1. The source folder is a backup destination in any saved backup definition
xml file.

2. The target folder is not a backup destination in any saved backup
defintion xml file
This ensures that the synchronisation operation cannot inadvertently, orotherwise, delete files in a folder that is used as a backup destination in
Macrium Reflect.

All

If the result of any parameter is to overwrite an existing backup file on aoverwrite

protected volume then this will only be allowed if the target folder is not a

operations

backup destination in any saved backup definition xml file.

RoboCopy and Network Shares
If the source of a /MOVE /MOV or target of a /MIR /PURGE operation is a MIG
protected volume on a network share then all delete operations are blocked. Thisis because RoboCopy 'Rules' can only be applied if the Windows session that's
opening the files is the same Windows session that's running RoboCopy. In the caseof a network share, the remote computer is opening the files and will block all delete
operations.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 337

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Turn off

Turns off the Image Guardian service. Optionally select from the list of further options:

Image
Guardian

1 Minute to

Select to temporarily disable MIG for the selected time

2 Hours

RestartMIG will remain 'Off' until the next Windows reboot.

service on
rebootPermanently

When 'Turn off Image Guardian' is selected, 'Permanently Off' is theOffdefaulted option if MIG is currently enabled and nothing is selected in the'More Options...' list. Otherwise, selecting this option will cancel any
temporary disable settings and turn off MIG.

Note: Clicking 'Apply' will immediately change MIG and update the status text:.

The status area above the buttons shows the current status of MIG.

Clicking 'Re-Enable' will immediately cancel the outstanding temporary disable and turn MIG 'On'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 338

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Image Guardian Events
To view Image Guardian windows events, take the Other Tasks menu, then select Macrium Image Guardian
Settings... menu option and select the Events tab:

NumberEvent Name

Severity

Description

100

EVT_MIG_SERVICE_STARTED

Informational

Image Guardian service started

110

EVT_MIG_DRIVER_STARTED_BY_SERVICE

Informational

Image Guardian driver started
by service

200

EVT_MIG_SERVICE_STOPPEDInformational

Image Guardian service
stopped300

v5

EVT_MIG_VOLUME_PROTECTEDInformational

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 339

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

NumberEvent Name

Severity

Description

Volume (\\?\Volume{6a2d53fec79a-11e1-b189806e6f6e6963}\) is protected

310

EVT_MIG_BLOCK_VERIFICATION_FILE_ACCESS

Informational

Blocking process(processname.exe) creating
verification file as the process
is not Macrium certified

320

EVT_MIG_BLOCKED_FILE_ACCESS

Warning

Blocked unauthorised
process (processname.exe)
accessing file (\\?\Volume{6a2d53fe-c79a-11e1-b189806e6f6e6963}\Folder\filename.mrimg)

330

EVT_MIG_USER_PROTECTED_VOLUME

Informational

User has enabled Image
Guardian on volume (\\?
\Volume{6a2d53fe-c79a-11e1b189-806e6f6e6963}\)

340

EVT_MIG_USER_DISABLED_VOLUME

Informational

User has disabled Image
Guardian on volume (\\?
\Volume{6a2d53fe-c79a-11e1b189-806e6f6e6963}\)500

EVT_MIG_ERROR_BAD_EVENT

Error

Error could not open Image
Guardian verification event.
Error code = 123

510

EVT_MIG_ERROR_PROTECTING_VOLUME

Error

Error protecting volume (\\?
\Volume{6a2d53fe-c79a-11e1b189-806e6f6e6963}\). Error
code = 123

520

EVT_MIG_ERROR_UNPROTECTING_VOLUME

Error

Error unprotecting volume (\\?
\Volume{6a2d53fe-c79a-11e1b189-806e6f6e6963}\). Error
code = 123v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 340

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

When an unauthorized process attempts to write to, delete, or rename a Macrium backup file the action
will be blocked and Windows Event 320 will be generated

Enabling and Disabling MIG on NTFS Volumes
MIG can be enabled or disabled on any NTFS volume by using the Actions menu in the Macrium Reflect main
window.

A MIG shield indicates that a volume is protected:

Automatic Protection
Please note that if the option to 'Automatically protect local backup drives' is selected in the MIG
settings dialog, then unprotected volumes will be automatically protected when the next backup runs
to the volume, or on reboot, if the volume contains the path of a backup destination saved in a backup
definition.

Why MIG isn't available for 3rd party NAS devices
A frequent question asked about Macrium Image Guardian is why popular NAS devices aren't supported. This is an
obvious question but misses a fundamental understanding of how network storage works.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 341

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Unlike Windows shares, NAS devices have their own proprietary operating systems. Each NAS device is effectively
a computer with it's own file system and sharing control software. It isn't possible to control the way files are stored
on NAS devices without installing a low level device driver specialised for each different NAS OS, usually Linux
based. This also assumes that the NAS manufacturer has allowed 3rd party suppliers access to install file system
drivers. It's a similar scenario to installing popular Anti-Virus software directly on a NAS, it isn't possible.
With that said, we are open to working with NAS manufacturers, and should a method of complementing a NAS filesystem be possible, we will certainly be involved.

Macrium Changed Block Tracker
Macrium Reflect Changed Block Tracker (MRCBT) reduces the amount of time it takes to perform incremental
and differential images by monitoring the changes to an NTFS formatted volume in real-time. This is especiallyrelevant when a file system contains very large files, such as virtual hard disk (VHD) files, where speed
improvements are significant and can reduce the Incremental image time from hours to minutes or even seconds.
Implemented as a kernel mode filter driver, sitting below the NTFS file system driver, MRCBT is able to intercept all I/O requests to the logical volume and maintain a record of which blocks have changed.
Traditionally, Macrium Reflect has detected changes to the file system by comparing the NTFS Master File Table(MFT) on the source volume, with the MFT of the most recent image in the backup set. While this is method is one of
the quickest solutions available, we do not consider it an optimal solution when used in a continuous incremental
scenario, especially if multi-GB files are present in the file system.
In addition to numerous performance improvements, starting with version 7.2, MRCBT tracks TRIM events. These
events are generated by NTFS when a file is deleted or moved and are used by MRCBT to optimize the image by
excluding the relevant blocks from the backup.
When MRCBT is first enabled, it captures an internal NTFS attribute that represents the number of times that the filesystem has been restarted. By tracking changes to this value, MRCBT can detect if a volume has been modified inany environment where MRCBT is not operating (e.g. on another computer or operating system).
When MRCBT is enabled and Reflect detects that the Restart attribute correctly sequenced, the subsequent
incremental and differential image can be generated by comparing the changed block database (created by MRCBT)
on the logical volume with that stored in the previous image in the chain. This is indicated by a blue running-man
icon displayed in the Reflect UI (see image below).
If Reflect detects that the Restart attribute is not correctly sequenced, the subsequent incremental or differential
image will be generated using the traditional method. This is indicated by a grey running-man icon displayed in the
Reflect UI.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 342

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

A reboot is required after installing Macrium Reflect to enable CBT. You can create images without
rebooting but CBT will only be enabled after a restart.
The NTFS Restart attribute is a fundamental component of the NTFS file-system and has been supportedby all Linux and Apple operating systems dating back several years.
Due to technical limitations with Windows XP, Macrium Reflect Changed Block Tracker will only work on
Windows Vista and higher operating systems.

When MRCBT is being used to generate an Incremental or Differential image of the volume, you will see thefollowing line in the Image log:

CBT Init Success indicates that the Incremental is using the CBT driver. Note that the 'Looking For Changes'
operation will be nearly instantaneous with no progress shown.

Macrium CBT Driver Tools
Macrium CBT Driver Tools is a small Windows utility to install and monitor the Macrium CBT driver. Macrium CBTDriver Tools provides the user with a visual representation of the changed blocks and of the various performance
metrics reported by the kernel mode driver. Macrium Driver Tools can be found here: C:\Program
Files\Macrium\Reflect\MrCBTTools.exe

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 343

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Selecting a drive shows performance metrics and tracked block information for the chosen drive. The darker shades
indicate a higher percentage of changed blocks.
Note: The red blocks indicate the physical location of the MRCBT tracking file on the volume. This view will be reset
when a Macrium Reflect backup of the volume is started.
Clicking on one of the shaded blocks will cause Macrium Driver Tools to display a list of files that are currently using
the clusters within the block.

Performance Metrics
Metric _ Name

Description________________

Session Start Time

The date and time that MRCBT started monitoring the volume. This value will be reset
when the volume is mounted, normally when Windows is restarted.

Number of Writes

The total number of write operations on the volume that MRCBT has monitored since thesession started.

Number of Paged

The total number of write operations on the volume, flagged as PAGING_IO, that MRCBT

Writeshas monitored since the session started.

Number of Tracked

The total number of write operations on the volume that MRCBT has tracked since theWritessession started.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 344

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Number of

The total number of write operations on the volume that MRCBT has excluded, due to

Excluded Writes

already having a record of a change to that disk area, since the session started.

Number of Failed

The total number of write operations on the volume that MRCBT has failed to track since

Writesthe session started. NOTE: If this value is anything other than zero. Macrium Reflect will
fall back to the normal method of generating an incremental backup.

Time Tracking

The total length of time that MRCBT has taken to track writes on the volume since thesession started.

Average Time Per

The average length of time that MRCBT is taking to track each write operation on the

Tracked Write

volume since the session started.

Number of

The total number of changed blocks on the volume since the session started.

Changed Blocks

Number of

The total number of changed bytes on the volume since the session started.

Changed Bytes$CBT Starting LCN

The first Logical Cluster Number (LCN) of the MRCBT tracking file.

$CBT Ending LCN

The last Logical Cluster Number (LCN) of the MRCBT tracking file.

Bytes Per Logical

The number of bytes per logical cluster for the volume, as reported by NTFS.

Cluster

Bytes Per Block

The number of bytes per block, as reported by Macrium Reflect.

$LogFile Restart

The current value of the NTFS $LogFile Restart Count.

Count

Number of TRIM

The number of bytes that have been affected by a TRIM or UNMAP event.

/UNMAP Bytes

Enabling and disabling CBT
CBT is enabled by default. You can change whether CBT is enabled or disabled by selecting the Enable Changed
Block Tracking for Incremental Backups check-box in the Advanced Incrementals page of the Reflect Defaults
and settings.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 345

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: You can enable or disable CBT at any time without affecting your Image sets.
We recommend enabling the Delta Indexes for Incremental Backups option as this will produce thesmallest incremental image files in the shortest amount of time. Please see Delta Indexes for Incremental
Backups

Macrium viBoot
Macrium viBoot
Macrium viBoot enables you, to instantly create, start and manage Microsoft Hyper-V and VirtualBox virtual
machines using one or more Macrium Reflect image files as the basis of the virtual machine storage sub-system.
At a minimum, viBoot enables you to boot into the images you have made using Macrium Reflect, for validation
purposes, or to retrieve data from old applications stored on a bootable image. At an enterprise level, you could
recover an entire network environment in minutes.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 346

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium viBoot is now built upon new technology that allows it to instantly present a Macrium Reflect image file as a
Microsoft Virtual Disk (.VHDX) or VirtualBox/VMWare (.vmdk) file. The type of virtual machine to create is
automatically detected by viBoot based on the virtualization software installed on the host.
When creating a new Hyper-V or VirtualBox virtual machine, Macrium viBoot will create two Microsoft Virtual Hard
Disk (.VHDX) or VirtualBox (.VMDK) files respectively for each of the disks described within the selected Macrium
Image file. The first VHDX/VMDK file is incomplete and only contains enough information to describe the disk layout
and a signature to mark it as a Macrium viBoot VHDX/VMDK. The data for the disk is retrieved from the Macrium
Image File by the Macrium Virtual Disk Provider filter driver as required. Because the data is not stored with the
VHDX/VMDK, it size will never exceed a few megabytes. The second VHDX/VMDK file is a standard differencing
disk that will receive any modifications made to during the lifetime of the virtual machine.
As with any differencing difference file (VHDX or VMDK), this file can grow dramatically in size, depending on theusage of the virtual machine.
These disk files (VHDX or VMDK) are stored in the designated Macrium viBoot repository and remain open until the
Macrium viBoot virtual machine is deleted from within viBoot.

Note: The default location for the viBoot Microsoft Hyper-V VHDX files is C:\ProgramData\Macrium\viBoot. This is configurable from within the Macrium viBoot UI.
Both VHDX and VMDK files related to VirtualBox VMs are stored under C:\ProgramData\Macrium\viBoot\VirtualBox

Note: viBoot only supports Microsoft’s Hyper-V and VirtualBox running on a minimum of Windows 8.0
or Windows Server 2012.

Switching between Hyper-V and VirtualBox
viBoot can be switched between Hyper-V and VirtualBox mode using the ‘Tools’ menu:
Note: VirtualBox less than v6.1.4 cannot be run on Windows where Microsoft Hyper-V service is running.
Microsoft Hyper-V feature must be disabled for VirtualBox 6.0.xx to function. Please run "bcdedit / set
hypervisorlaunchtype off" after disabling Hyper-V feature from "Turn Windows features on or off"v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 347

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium viBoot will be restarted after changing Hypervisor mode. This doesn’t affect the state of existing VMs,
whether they are running or not:Performance Warning
If VirtualBox v6.1.4 (or later) is installed alongside Microsoft Hyper-V, VMs will not run with
optimum performance.
See the VirtualBox Change Log for more information on this.

The current hypervisor type is shown in the application title bar:

Booting an image directly from Macrium Reflect
An image that contains the Windows System and Boot partition(s) can be directly booted from the 'Restore' view inMacrium Reflect.
Boot architecture

Partitions

MBR - Master Boot

Boot partition: This may be the same partition as drive 'C:' but is likely to be a separate

Recordsmall (100 to 300 MB) partition named the Microsoft System Reserved partition or MSR.
Windows partition: This is the partition that contains the Windows OS and will be drive C:

UEFI - Unified

UEFI System Partition: A small FAT32 formatted partition that doesn't have a drive letter.

Extensible Firmware
Interface

Windows partition: This is the partition that contains the Windows OS and will be drive C:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 348

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

If an image contains the partitions required for booting then the image will show an active 'viBoot' Icon:

Otherwise the icon will be disabled:

To boot an image directly with viBoot.

1. Click the 'Existing Backups' tab.
2. Select the bootable image.
3. Click the 'viBoot' icon.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 349

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: If viBoot cannot run on your Windows installation then you will receive an error message
indicating the reason(s):4. If viBoot can launch, the viBoot Hyper-V/VirtualBox settings dialog will start.

5. Make any changes to the VM properties and click 'Finish'v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 350

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The VM will now start and boot directly into Windows.

Starting the viBoot create Virtual Machine Wizard from Macrium
Reflect.
Take the 'Restore' > 'Launch Macrium viBoot' menu option

Or, click the 'Launch Macrium viBoot' task link on the Existing Backups tab.

This will start the viBoot Virtual Machine User Interface.

Launching viBoot as a standalone application
viBoot is installed by default during the standard Macrium Reflect installation and can be started using the installed
shortcut:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 351

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Main Window
The Macrium viBoot main window allows you to see at a glance, which Macrium Reflect image files you havemounted (2), and which virtual machines are connected to those drives (1).

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 352

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The “Virtual Machines” view (1), displays the name of the viBoot created virtual machine, the current state of thevirtual machine (Off, Running, etc) and the current CPU usage of the virtual machine. Selecting a Hyper-V virtual
machine in the “Virtual Machines” view (1) will update the “Mounted Images” view (2) to list the Macrium Reflect
images that are being referenced by the virtual machine.
The “Mounted Images” view (2), displays the path of the image file(s) used to create the virtual drive(s), the physicaldrive number assigned to the drive by Windows, the partition type of the drive (MBR or GPT) and the drive capacity.
The "Log" view (3), shows a record of the actions taken by viBoot.

Macrium viBoot can only monitor the state of virtual machines and drives while it is running. Clicking the Windows
close button will close viBoot.

Main Window Commands
Macrium viBoot menu:
Menu

Sub Menu

Item

Item

VirtualConnect

Description

Connect to a virtual machine.

Machinev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 353

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Menu

Sub Menu

Item

Item

Description

Backup...

Backup a powered off virtual machine.

New...

Displays the viBoot Wizard which allows you to create a new virtual machine.

Edit...

Allows you to modify existing virtual machine settings such as adding additional
mrimg into the VM.

Delete...

Deletes the currently selected virtual machine and allows you to backup anychanges to the data that have been made.

Tools

Start

Starts the currently selected virtual machine.

Shut down

Shuts down the currently selected virtual machine.

Turn off

Turns off the currently selected virtual machine.

Pause

Pauses the currently selected virtual machine.

Reset

Resets the currently selected virtual machine.

Exit

Exit the Macrium viBoot application.

Show Log

Toggles the display of the Log window.

Options...

Configure the virtual machine repository folder, and logging options.

RefreshInstructs viBoot to refresh it's view of the virtual machines and mounted images.

Hypervisor

Allows you to choose between Hyper-V or VirtualBox Hypervisor when both areavailable.

Help

Contents...

Displays this help content.

About Macrium

Displays the viBoot version and copyright notice.

viBoot...

Tip

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 354

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
You can right-click on the virtual machine pane to display the "Virtual Machine" menu as a context menu.

Macrium viBoot toolbar:
New - Displays the viBoot Wizard which allows you to create a new virtual machine.

Edit - Displays the viBoot Wizard which allows you to modify existing virtual machine settings.

Deletes the currently selected virtual machine and allows you to backup any changes to the data thathave been made.

Backup a powered off virtual machine.

Refresh the list virtual machines and states.

Options - Configure the virtual machine repository folder, and logging options.

Help - Displays this help content.

Macrium viBoot Wizard
The Macrium viBoot Wizard will configure and start a Microsoft Hyper-V virtual machine from one or more Macrium
Reflect image files.
The "Welcome" page provides a brief introduction and explains some of the limitations of virtualization.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 355

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select Image Files allows you to add one or more Macrium Reflect image files to be used for the virtual machine.

For VirtualBox VM
If creating new VirtualBox VM, below dialog box will show "VirtualBox VM Settings" to select VirtualBox
VM settings instead of Hyper-V VM settings.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 356

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The first boot-able disk will be marked as the boot disk. If there are multiple disks that are boot-able, these can be
set to be the boot disk by selecting the disk and clicking the " Set as Boot" button.
Hyper-V or VirtualBox VM Settings allows you to configure the virtual machine. The RAM and CPU are limited tomatch the host computer. If the number of processors is set to "Automatic", viBoot will interrogate the Windows
settings from the image files to set the correct number of processors. A Virtual Switch of "<None>" ensures that the
new virtual machine is not connected to the network. "Automatically power on the virtual machine after creation"
checkbox is selected by default. By unchecking, user can just create a virtual machine without starting it.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 357

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Please note that no changes whatsoever, are made to the original image files.

Delete Virtual Machine
Virtual machines can be deleted from viBoot when the virtual machine is turned off. When the virtual machine isdeleted from viBoot the virtual drives will be dismounted and the virtual machine removed from Hyper-V. Prior todeletion viBoot allows the virtual machine to be backed up.
If a viBoot virtual machine is deleted from Hyper-V, the virtual drives will still be mounted. viBoot will list a virtual
machine called "Unassigned Virtual Disks" that can be deleted to dismount the virtual drives.
Note: When you delete a virtual machine the Macrium Reflect images used to create the virtual machine are notdeleted.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 358

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Options
The “Options” button on the Macrium viBoot main toolbar, will display the “Options” dialog box. From here you can
modify some of the behavior of Macrium viBoot.
The “Virtual Machine Repository” specifies the folder that Macrium viBoot will use to store Virtual Machine
configurations and the virtual machine drive cache. ViBoot will move existing virtual machine configurations andassociated files to the new location if it was changed after creating virtual machines.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 359

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium viBoot writes a log of actions taken by the application. This file is saved to "%LOCALAPPDATA%\Temp\Macrium". The log file is configured by the following options:
Log level - Controls type of information written to the log file:
Critical
Error
Warning
Information
Debug
Maximum number of files - Number of log files to keep before purging. A value of zero will disable this check.
Days to keep - Log files older than the specified number will be purged. A value of zero will disable this check.
Maximum log file size(MB) - Maximum file size for the log file, before a new log file is created. A value of zero will
disable this check.

Macrium viBoot demonstration video

Re-deploying to new hardware
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 360

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Re-deploying to new hardware
From the rescue environment you can launch Macrium ReDeploy to adapt the recovered Windows system to its newenvironment whether that is a virtual machine or a different computer. With Macrium Reflect ReDeploy, you canrestore an image to a replacement computer or even create virtual hard drives to virtualize the machine, a techniquesometimes called Physical to Virtual or P2V.
Macrium ReDeploy is included in all paid editions of Macrium Reflect. This excludes the Free Edition and 30-day
trials.
Further reading:Re-deploying Windows to new hardware using Macrium ReDeploy
Using Windows sysprep and deploying using Macrium Reflect

Re-deploying Windows to new hardware using Macrium ReDeploy
Introduction
Macrium ReDeploy overcomes issues with Windows boot processes to run a Windows installation on new
hardware. There are a variety of scenarios where you move a windows installation to a new machine, forexample:Due to hardware failure or planned upgrade.
Moving between a physical and a virtual machine (P2V / V2P).
Changing a non-raid to a raid installation or legacy SATA to AHCI SATA.
Aspects of the Windows boot process can cause a boot failure after significant changes to the hardware,
ReDeploy can overcome these.

Discovering hardware and association with matching device drivers is time consuming and must be undertaken whilewindows is being installed. It is skipped during a normal Windows boot making the boot delay acceptable.
Early in the boot process, the boot loader loads the Windows kernel (the core of the operating system) and thecritical drivers required to get Windows up and running. If the new hardware configuration requires a new driver toread the disk containing the operating system then Windows will fail to boot.
When the kernel and critical drivers are loaded, the kernel starts. The kernel and its associated hardware abstraction
layer (HAL) need to match the motherboard for best enabling. Drivers are optionally loaded to handle specific central
processing unit (CPU) features. For a stable system, the driver needs to match the hardware, in this example, theCPU model.
ReDeploy detects changes to critical system features, locates relevant drivers and injects them into your Windows
operating system so it boots.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 361

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
ReDeploy makes the complex process of getting an off-line Windows operating system running, as easy and intuitive
as possible. It does not, however, install the complete driver set for the new hardware. You can complete the driver
installation for devices such as network and graphics adapters when your windows installation boots on your new
hardware.
You need to run ReDeploy from the Windows PE Reflect rescue CD. This allows the new hardware to be detected
and the configuration of the Windows system modified to enable it to boot.

Note: To transfer a Windows Server install to new hardware use Macrium Reflect Server edition for
ReDeploy.
For non-server (workstation) installs use ReDeploy included with Home, Workstation, or the Server
Edition. Please note that ReDeploy is not included in 30 trial versions of Macrium Reflect

Note: ReDeploy modifies an existing offline operating system to work with new hardware. Restore yoursystem image to the PC being deployed before running ReDeploy. There is no need to reboot your PC
after restoring an Image and before you run ReDeploy.

1. Boot the target PC with the Windows PE rescue CD or USB equivalent. (There is a link to a video on creatinga Windows PE rescue CD at the bottom of this page).

2. Click ReDeploy Restored Image to new hardware.

3. If you have a multi-boot system, then you will be presented with a list of operating systems, select theoperating system to be redeployed. Click Next.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 362

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. Specify driver locations for your mass storage devices (such as RAID card).
a. If you haven't already, insert a driver disk for the hardware you are going to boot from.
This will typically be the motherboard or RAID card driver CD.

b. Click Add to add driver locations.
You can also specify additional paths such as network folders.

c. Click Map Drive to add a network share.
d. Click Next.
5. ReDeploy searches through user specified driver locations. If none are specified or no matching drivers arefound then it searches removable devices such as CDs and disk drives. ReDeploy also searches throughWindows' database of drivers.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 363

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

6. ReDeploy seeks drivers for all discovered mass storage devices and displays a list with details, Click Next.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 364

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For each mass storage device, there are three possibilities:

a. The driver is already installed. It might still need to be enabled at boot, this is done automatically.
b. The driver is located, either from a CD, user specified path, or from the Windows database. Thisdriver is installed on completion of ReDeploy.

c. No matching driver is located.
7. If no driver is located, or you choose to override the displayed driver, then use Locate Driver to manuallyspecify an .inf file.
If you have multiple mass storage interfaces in your system, you only need to locate drivers for hardware that
contains the Windows system and active partitions.

8. Review displayed options, leaving them as default if possible. Click Next.
If you are having trouble booting these options can help to resolve issues. For more information about these
options see below:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 365

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

OptionDescription

DisableSet this option to stop automatic rebooting if a blue screen of death (BSOD) occurs while

reboot on

Windows is loading or running. If this option is not set and Windows generates a BSOD,

system stop

there will be no time to note the BSOD error codes.

Display

Set this option to show which drivers are being loaded as Windows loads. Once Windows

bootis loading and running without issue this option can be reverted using the Windows

drivers as

MSCONFIG utility. You can use the Pause/Break key to freeze the list as it scrolls past,

they load

use space to un-pause.

EnableSet this option to log drivers being loaded by Windows as it loads. The resulting log fileboot'ntblog.txt' can be found in the windows folder. Once Windows is loading and running

logging

without issue this option can be reverted using the Windows MSCONFIG utility.

DisableSet this option to disable CPU drivers. This may be useful if you see BSOD's in the

CPU Driver

selected HAL drivers or system lockup on entering standby or shutdown.

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 366

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Set

Set this option to choose which Hardware Abstraction Layer is to be used in the selected

Hardware

Windows operating system. The recommended HAL for this machine is the one initially

Abstraction

selected. If you have the incorrect HAL configured, your Windows installation is unstable

Layer

and can cause random BSOD's or lock ups after Windows boots. In particular, if you are
redeploying from or to Virtual Box with an advanced programmable interrupt controller(APIC) unchecked (the default) or very old physical hardware, set a new HAL.

Allow

Set this option to allow Windows to determine the best Hardware Abstraction Layer to use

Windows

at boot time. This is a Vista and later only option.

to detect
HardwareAbstraction
Layer

EnableSet this option to enable support for generic SATA AHCI hardware. You will typically also

SATA AHCI

need to enable an option in your BIOS for your mass storage hardware to operate in thismode. This is a Vista and later only option.

9. Review the actions to be performed and click Finish to apply them to the target operating system.
A log file ReDeploy.log saves to the drive containing the redeployed operating system.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 367

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

After clicking Finish to inject drivers and apply your settings you see a confirmation dialog, and you canreboot your OS which should now be compatible with your new hardware.

Note: Check there is a tick in the checkbox against Check for unsupported devices each time therescue media loads before burning the Windows PE rescue CD, so that you can add additional drivers
when you boot on new hardware.

Using Windows sysprep and deploying using Macrium Reflect
Using the Windows sysprep utility you can prepare a machine to be deployed across multiple other machines.
Windows provides a handy utility called sysprep which allows you to prepare a master PC image that is configured
and set up to be deployed across multiple workstations. By running sysprep, Windows prepares the machine so thatwhen installed on a workstation, the System Admin is prompted for Windows Activation and environment
configuration, as if the PC has been installed from scratch.
To prepare a PC to be syspreped, ensure that it contains all the applications and configuration you want the
deployed systems to have installed.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 368

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: Unless you have sufficient licenses for the machines you are deploying to, Reflect should be uninstalled fromthe PC that will be used for the base image. However, it is essential to have made a Windows PE based Macrium
Reflect rescue CD on that PC first.

1. Run sysprep:
a. Open Windows Explorer and navigate to C:\Windows\System32\sysprep.
b. Run sysprep.exe.
c. Ensure that System Cleanup Action is set to Out-of-Box Experience, and that Generailze ischecked as below.

d. Shutdown options are your choice, selecting Quit ensures the system does not reboot or shutdown
automatically.

e. Click OK.
This prepares the machine so that it can be deployed to other PCs.

2. Shutdown the PC and boot it to the Macrium Reflect rescue environment.
3. Take an image of the PC using Macrium Reflect and store it to a USB device or a network location.
4. When this is complete, you can deploy the image to the workstations you require.
5. When the restore is complete, boot the new PC.
Windows asks for a new license key and some environment settings.

Macrium Reflect Server Plus for Exchange and SQL
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 369

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Macrium Reflect Server Plus for Exchange and SQLThis article is an introduction to Macrium Reflect v8 Server Plus for Exchange and SQL
Macrium Reflect v7 Server Plus has all the functionality of Macrium Reflect v7 Server and additional features for
Microsoft Exchange servers and SQL servers.
To get you started the following are some useful tutorials:
Introduction to Macrium Reflect
Microsoft Exchange guides:
Backing up Microsoft Exchange databases
Restoring MS Exchange databases
Restoring emails with Mailbox Restore
Setting up permissions for Mailbox Restore
Adding MS Exchange search folders
Microsoft SQL guides:
Backing up MS SQL Databases
Running continuous backup of SQL databases
Restoring MS SQL

Command line operations with Macrium Reflect
Installing Macrium Reflect from the command line
Using Macrium Reflect from the command line
Verifying image and backup files from the command line

Installing Macrium Reflect from the command line
Introduction
This article explains how to install and uninstall on the command line

Applies to:
Macrium Reflect version 5.x, 6.x,7.x, and 8.x.

About the Macrium installation process
The macrium installer is msi based with an executable wrapper to ensure it is launched in the correct modev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 370

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Command line installation
In most cases, just invoking the installer interactively will be the most effective way to install Reflect. However, insome cases, particularly if the installation is to be automated across many PCs, it may be more desirable to enable
the installation to complete without user intervention. To do this, first download the installer using ReflectDL. Then
invoke using the following options.

v8.X.XXX_reflect_server_setup_x64.exe /passive /l log.txt LICKEY=XX-XXXX-XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXX
Or, if you have ordered multiple licenses, you can install them on multiple computers with the same command. If you
run out of licenses, the install will fail.

v8.X.XXX_reflect_server_setup_x64.exe /passive /l log.txt ORDERREF=NNNNNNNN
ORDEREMAIL=sample_email@macrium.com
If the installation fails, consult the log file, specified by the /l parameter to discover why.
The above examples will display a progress bar. If you wish the install to be completely invisible, replace /passivewith /qn.

1. The installer name will vary dependent on edition and platform.
2. This will only work with full (not upgrade) licenses.
3. An Internet connection is required.
4. If you have made multiple orders, you can specify a colon separated list, eg ...
ORDERREF=NNNNNNNN:OOOOOOOOO:PPPPPPPP etc
They will be searched in the same order as specified.

To make sure that the installation won't restart your computer on completion, a no restart parameter can be added.

v8.X.XXX_reflect_server_setup_x64.exe /passive /l log.txt LICKEY=XX-XXXX-XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXX /norestart
Adding any parameters mentioned below to your install script will omit the feature from being installed.
The example below shows a version of the install script that will omit MIG from installing with Reflect:

NOIMAGEGUARDIAN=YESNOVIBOOT=YESNOCBT=YES

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 371

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
NODESKTOPSHORTCUT=YES
eg.
v8.X.XXX_reflect_server_setup_x64.exe /passive /l log.txt LICKEY=XX-XXXX-XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXX NOIMAGEGUARDIAN=YES

Using Macrium Reflect from the command line
You can retrieve a prompt for all the command line arguments by simply typing reflect -h from the command line.

Running a Backup
The command line form is as follows:reflect.exe [-v | -e [-w] [-full | -inc | -diff] [xml filename] ]Explanations for theswitches are as follows:-hThis help text-eExecute the XML file. If no full / diff / inc qualifier is used, a full backup is performed by default.

-v

Validate the XML file and exit-w

If Reflect is busy then wait until available otherwise exit immediately-full

Run a full backup-diff

Run a differential backup-inc

Run an incremental backup-pass

Password. Overrides the password saved in the xml file.

Please note that the XML file name is the fully qualified path.

ExamplesTo validate an XML filereflect.exe -v "c:\backup.xml"
To execute an XML filereflect.exe -e "c:\backup.xml"

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 372

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
To execute an XML file with wait if busy

reflect.exe -e -w "c:\backup.xml"
To execute an XML file and create an incremental image

reflect.exe -e -inc "c:\backup.xml"

Mounting an image
reflect.exe [Path To Image File] -b [-auto -drives [Drives[s]] -pass [PASSWORD]]Explanations for the switches are as
follows:-b

Browse image-auto

Automatically assign drive letters. If not specified then you will be prompted-

A comma separated list of drive letters to use. If not specified then the next available letters are used

drives-pass

The password for protected image files

The image file name is the fully qualified path. If "LAST_FILE_CREATED" is specified then the last image created in
the current Windows session is mounted.
ExamplesTo mount an image and prompt for a drive letter to use

reflect.exe "D:\901DBF91346B9A81-00-00.mrimg" -b
To mount all partitions in an image using the next available drive letter(s)reflect.exe "D:\901DBF91346B9A81-00-00.mrimg" -b -auto
To mount all partitions for the last image createdreflect.exe "LAST_FILE_CREATED" -b -auto
To mount all partitions in an image using drive letters j,k,lreflect.exe "D:\901DBF91346B9A81-00-00.mrimg" -b -auto -drives j,k,lv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 373

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

To mount all partitions in a password protected image using drive letters j,k,lreflect.exe "D:\901DBF91346B9A81-00-00.mrimg" -b -auto -drives j,k,l -pass "PWD"

Unmounting an image
reflect.exe [Drive Letter] -u
Explanations for the switches are as follows:-u

Unmount image

If a drive letter isn't specified then all mounted images are unmmountedExamples
To unmount an image from drive letter 'j'

reflect.exe J -u
To umnount all mounted drives

reflect.exe -u

Verifying image and backup files from the command line
Introduction
This article explains how to verify Macrium Reflect image and backup files using the standalone command line
verification tool 'mrverify.exe'. mrverify.exe supports individual file verification as well as folder and sub-folder
file search and verification.
To verify backups using the Macrium Reflect user interface see: Verifying image and backup files

Please use the link below to download:
http://updates.macrium.com/reflect/utilities/mrverify.exe

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 374

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Please note that mrverify.exe must be run from an Administrator command prompt. For instructions on
how to do this please see here.

The following command line switches are supported:

mrverify.exe "full path to image file or folder" -p[--password] "password" -r[-recurse] -x[--fix] -l[--logfile] "logfile name"
File name or path with wild card can be used. e,g;

d:\backups\*or

d:\backups\1FF33614674A6438-00-00.mrimg

Switch _________

Description-p OR --password

The optional password that was used to protect and/or encrypt the backup-r OR --recurse

Scan all sub-folders if a folder is specified. The default is not to recurse.

-l OR --logfile

Full path to output log file. This file will be created for each run and contains the file nameand verification status 'success' or 'fail' .

-s OR --set

Verify all files in the set. Use if verifying individual file s to ensure they can be restored.
When verifying all files in a folder this isn't necessary. The default is not to verify the entire
set.

-h OR --help

This help output-x OR --fix

Attempt to fix failed blocks if the current live file system contains the original data.

Examples:mrverify.exe "d:\backups\1FF33614674A6438-00-00.mrimg"

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 375

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
mrverify.exe "d:\backups\1FF33614674A6438-00-00.mrimg" --set --password"mypassword" -l "c:\verifylog.txt"

mrverify.exe "d:\backups\*" --password "mypassword" -r -l "c:\verifylog.txt"
On success mrverify.exe will return '0'. If any file fails verification then the return code will be '1'.
The following success/failure text will be displayed in the command window and log:
Verify Success

The file contained no errors.

Verify Failure

The file could not be verified successfully. Try the verification process again using
the Macrium Reflect user interface. This may give more information on the problem.

Backup set is not

At least one backup file required to restore this file cannot be opened and/or locatedcomplete. At least one

in the same folder.

file may be missing

This message is displayed as a Warning or an Error failure condition if the --setcommand line switch is used.

The backup file is password protected and/or encrypted and the supplied password

Password Error

is not correct.

Block 99999 - Repaired

The -x OR --fix switch was used and a data block has been repaired.

Generating scripts and batch files
Introduction
Macrium Reflect includes the ability to automatically create VBScript, PowerShell and MS-DOS source files to
add pre and post backup functionality to your backup jobs. This enables system administrators to manage
complex backup scenarios.

Generating a VBScript source file
Generating an MS-DOS batch file
Generating a PowerShell source filev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 376

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Generating a VBScript source file
For an example of a generated VBScript source file please see Example VBScript Source
To generate a VBScript file select the Definition Files tab on the main window then right-click on a file and selectGenerate a VBScript file.

This opens the VBScript Generation Options dialog:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 377

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OutputProperty

Value

Directory

The folder where the source file is saved

File Name

The name of the VBscript source file. This defaults to the XML file name with a .vbs extension

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 378

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Shutdown

Generated code...

' Issue shutdown command
objShell.Run "shutdown -s"

Property

Value

Enable Shut Down

Select to enable this property

Shut down

The PC will shut own at the end of the backup

Log Off

The user will be logged out at the end of the backup

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 379

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Run Once a Day

Generated code...

' The following function call ensures that this script only runs once a day
If HasRunToday Then
WScript.Quit
End If...........
'******************************************************************************'* Function: HasRunToday'*'* Purpose: determines if this script has run today'*'*'* Input:
None'* Output:
true if has run today false otherwise'*'******************************************************************************
Function HasRunToday
Dim RegScriptKey
Dim LastRunDate
Dim objShell
Set objShell = WScript.CreateObject("WScript.Shell")v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 380

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
RegScriptKey = "HKCU\SOFTWARE\Macrium\Reflect\Scripts\" & WScript.
ScriptFullName & "\LastRun"'Check if script has run today
ON ERROR RESUME NEXT
LastRunDate = objShell.RegRead(RegScriptKey)
If LastRunDate = cstr(Date) Then
HasRunToday = true
Else
objShell.RegWrite RegScriptKey, Date,"REG_SZ"
HasRunToday = false
End IfSet objShell = nothing
End Function

PropertyValue

Run Once

If selected, will only enable this script to run once per day. This is useful for example if you want aa Daybackup to happen at first login or shutdown.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 381

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Run Programs

Generated code...

' Run program before backup
objShell.Run """C:\Users\Public\Admin\Before backup.bat""", 1, true
' Do the backup
ExitCode = Backup ("""C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect\reflect.exe"" -e -w<BACKUP_TYPE> ""C:\Users\Dev\Documents\Reflect\example.xml""")' Run program after backup
objShell.Run """C:\users\public\Admin\After backup.exe""", 1, true

PropertyValue

Run a program or script at the start

Select to enable a program or script to run before the backup starts

File Name

The path and executable file namev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 382

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Property

Value

Parameters

Optional command line parameters for the program

Run a program or script at the start

Select to enable a program or script to run when the backup ends

File Name

The path and executable file nameParameters

Optional command line parameters for the program

Elevation

Generated code...

Sub VBMain()Dim objShell
Dim ExitCode' Elevate this script for Admin privileges in Vistav5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 383

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Elevate.................
'******************************************************************************'* Sub:
Elevate'*'* Purpose: Elevates this script for Vista UAC.
'*
This means that only one UAC Elevation prompt is displayed and'*functions/programs will not fail if they require admin privileges'*'* Input:
None'* Output: None'*'******************************************************************************Sub Elevate
Dim ShellApp
Dim objShell
Dim objWshProcessEnv' Don't elevate if run from Windows Task Scheduler
If WScript.Arguments.Count > 0 Then
If WScript.Arguments.Item(0) = "-s" thenExit SubEnd IfEnd IfSet objShell = WScript.CreateObject("WScript.Shell")Set objWshProcessEnv = objShell.Environment("PROCESS")If objWshProcessEnv("ELEVATED_APP") <> "True" Then
objWshProcessEnv("ELEVATED_APP") = "True"
Set ShellApp = CreateObject("Shell.Application")
Call ShellApp.ShellExecute("""" & WScript.FullName & """", """" &WScript.ScriptFullName & """" & " " & GetBackupTypeParameter, , "runas")
set ShellApp = nothing
Set objWshProcessEnv = nothing
wscript.quit
End IfSet objWshProcessEnv = nothing
Set objShell = nothing
End Sub

Property

Value

EnableIf selected will enable UAC elevation for the entire script. This enables functions and programs to run

Elevation

outside the context of Macrium Reflect without requesting further elevation.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 384

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Directory Synchronization

Generated code...

SynchroniseDirectories ExitCode, "C:\C++"................
'******************************************************************************'* Function: RobocopyExists'*'* Purpose: determines whether the program Robocopy can be called from the'*command line.
'*'* Input:
None'* Output:
boolean - true if Robocopy exists'*'******************************************************************************
Function RobocopyExists()
On Error Resume Next
Dim objShell
Dim objExec
Set objShell = WScript.CreateObject("WScript.Shell")Set objExec = objShell.Exec ("robocopy.exe", 0)
If Err.Number = 0 Then
RobocopyExists = True
Else

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 385

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
RobocopyExists = False
End If
End Function'******************************************************************************'* Function: SynchroniseDirectories'*'* Purpose: Copies all files created by the previous backup / image'*
to a supplied directory. Uses Macrium environment variables to'*determine which files to copy.
'*'* Input:
ExitCode - The exit code of the last backup'*
strBackupDirectory - Directory to copy to'*'******************************************************************************
Function SynchroniseDirectories(Byval ExitCode, Byval strSyncDirectory)
Dim objShell
Dim objWshProcessEnv
Dim strEnvPrefix
Dim strBackupDirectory
Dim strCmdLine
Dim iReturnCode
Dim fsDim objSyncFiles
Dim objBackupDirectory
Dim objSyncDirectory
Dim objBackupFile
Dim objSyncFile
Dim strExtension
Dim dateBackupFile
Dim dateSyncFile' Only copy files if backup was successful
if ExitCode <> 0 Then
Exit Function
End IfSet objShell= WScript.CreateObject("WScript.Shell")Set objWshProcessEnv = objShell.Environment("VOLATILE")' Get the prefix for the last backup set
strEnvPrefix = objWshProcessEnv("MACRIUM_PREFIX")' Get the directory where we just created a backup
strBackupDirectory = objWshProcessEnv(strEnvPrefix + "_DIRECTORY")
If right(strBackupDirectory, 1) = "\" Then strBackupDirectory = left
(strBackupDirectory, len(strBackupDirectory)-1)
If right(strSyncDirectory, 1)= "\" Then strSyncDirectory= left(strSyncDirectory, len(strSyncDirectory)-1)
If RobocopyExists Then
strCmdLine = "robocopy ""<SOURCE>"" ""<DESTINATION>"" *.mr* /copy:DAT/lev:0 /purge /r:0"
Else' Robocopy does not exist - using xcopy
Set fs = CreateObject("Scripting.FilesystemObject")
Set objBackupDirectory = fs.GetFolder(strBackupDirectory)
Set objSyncDirectory = fs.GetFolder(strSyncDirectory)
For Each objSyncFile in objSyncDirectory.Files
strExtension = fs.GetExtensionName(objSyncFile)dateSyncFile = objSyncFile.DateLastModified
If Left(strExtension,2) = "mr" Then
' Check if file has been deleted
If Not(fs.FileExists(strBackupDirectory+"\"+objSyncFile.name)) Then
fs.DeleteFile(objSyncFile)Elsev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 386

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide' Check if file has been modified
Set objBackupFile = fs.GetFile(strBackupDirectory+"\"+objSyncFile.name)
dateBackupFile = objBackupFile.DateLastModified
If DateDiff("m", dateBackupFile, dateSyncFile) <> 0 Then
fs.DeleteFile(objSyncFile)End IfEnd IfEnd If
Next
strCmdLine = "xcopy ""<SOURCE>\*.mr*"" ""<DESTINATION>"" /c /d /h /i /v/y"
End IfstrCmdLine = Replace(strCmdLine,"<SOURCE>", strBackupDirectory)
strCmdLine = Replace(strCmdLine,"<DESTINATION>", strSyncDirectory)iReturnCode = objShell.Run(strCmdLine,0,true)
if iReturnCode <> 0 then
' Handle synchronisation error
else' Everything OK
end if' Clean up
Set objShell= nothingSet objWshProcessEnv = nothing
End Function

Property

Value

Enable directory

If enabled will use the MS utility RoboCopy to synchronize the backup target directorysynchronization

with the supplied directory.

Directory

Enter the folder that you want to copy/archive your backup files to

Click 'OK' to generate the VBScript source file

Generating an MS-DOS batch file
For an example of a generated MS_DOS batch file please see: Example MS-DOS Batch File
To generate an MS-DOS batch file select the Definition Files tab on the main window then right-click on a file andselect Generate an MS-DOS Batch File.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 387

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This opens the MS-DOS Batch Generation Options dialog:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 388

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Batch File Output

Generated code...

@echo off
REM ******************************************************************************
REM *
REM *
REM * Module Name:
FDI.bat
REM *REM * Abstract:
This is a template MSDOS batch file generated by Reflect v5.0
REM *Modify to add your own functionality if required
REM *
REM *
REM ******************************************************************************:again"C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect\reflect.exe" -e -w -full "C:\Users\Dev\Documents\Reflect\FDI.xml"
if ERRORLEVEL 3 goto busy
if ERRORLEVEL 2 goto validation_error
if ERRORLEVEL 1 goto backup_error
if ERRORLEVEL 0 goto ok:busy
REM Will never get here if '-w' switch is usedv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 389

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guideecho A backup or restore operation is in progress
goto again:backup_error
REM User cancelling a backup or any other error
echo A Backup error has occured
goto end:validation_error
REM Command line or XML syntax errors
echo A validation error has occured
goto end:okecho ok!
goto end:end

Property

Value

Directory

The folder where the batch source file is saved

File Name

The name of the batch source file. This defaults to the XML file name with a .bat extension

Click OK to generate an MS-DOS batch file

Generating a PowerShell source file
For an example of a generated PowerShell source file please see: Example PowerShell Source File
To generate a PowerShell file select the Definition Files tab on the main window then right-click on a file and select'Generate a PowerShell Script File'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 390

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This opens the PowerShell Script Generation Options dialog:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 391

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OutputProperty

Value

Directory

The folder where the source file is saved

File

The name of the PowerShell source file. This defaults to the XML file name with a ..ps1 extension

Name

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 392

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Shutdown

Generated code...

Write-Host ' * Initiating shutdown... ' -NoNewLine;(Get-WMIObject Win32_OperatingSystem -ComputerName '.' -EnableAllPrivileges).
Win32Shutdown(8);Property

Value

Enable Shut Down

Select to enable this property

Shut down

The PC will shut down at the end of the backup

Log Off

The user will be logged out at the end of the backup

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 393

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Run Once a Day

Generated code...

if (HasRunToday){
Write-Host ' * Script already executed today. Exiting...';
Write-Host 'Script finished with exit code 0.';Exit 0;}...................
#******************************************************************************#* Func: HasRunToday#*#* Desc: determines if this script has run today#*#******************************************************************************
function HasRunToday(){Write-Host ' * Checking last run time... ' -NoNewLine;$strRegPath= 'HKCU:\Software\Macrium\Reflect\Scripts';$boolRanToday = $false;$strDateToday = Get-Date -UFormat %Y%m%d;if (Test-Path $strRegPath){v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 394

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
try{$strLastRunDate = (Get-ItemProperty -Path $strRegPath -Name $strScript
Path -ErrorAction Stop).$strScriptPathif ($strLastRunDate -eq $strDateToday){$boolRanToday = $true;}} catch { };}if (!$boolRanToday){
Set-ItemProperty -Path $strRegPath -Name $strScriptPath -Value $strDateToday;}
Write-Host 'Done.';return $boolRanToday;}

PropertyValue

Run Once

If selected, will only enable this script to run once per day. This is useful for example if you want aa Daybackup to happen at first login or shutdown.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 395

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Run Programs

Generated code...

Write-Host ' * Executing "at start" program... ' -NoNewLine;$strRunAtStartApp = 'C:\Users\Public\Admin\Before backup.bat';$strRunAtStartArgs = '';if ([string]::IsNullOrEmpty($strRunAtStartArgs)){
Start-Process -FilePath $strRunAtStartApp;}
else{
Start-Process -FilePath $strRunAtStartApp -ArgumentList $strRunAtStartArgs;}......
Write-Host ' * Executing "at end" program... ' -NoNewLine;$strRunAtEndApp = 'C:\Users\Public\Admin\After backup.exe';$strRunAtEndArgs = '';if ([string]::IsNullOrEmpty($strRunAtEndArgs)){
Start-Process -FilePath $strRunAtEndApp;
}
else

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 396

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide{
Start-Process -FilePath $strRunAtEndApp -ArgumentList $strRunAtEndArgs;}

PropertyValue

Run a program or script at the start

Select to enable a program or script to run before the backup starts

File Name

The path and executable file nameParameters

Optional command line parameters for the program

Run a program or script at the start

Select to enable a program or script to run when the backup ends

File Name

The path and executable file nameParameters

Optional command line parameters for the programv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 397

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Elevation

Generated code...

function Main(){
Write-Host 'PowerShell script for Macrium Reflect Backup Definition File';
Write-Host "BDF: $strXmlFilePath";
Elevate;.................
#******************************************************************************#* Func: Elevate#*#* Desc: Elevates this script for UAC.
#*
This means that only one UAC Elevation prompt is displayed and#*functions/programs will not fail if they require admin privileges.
#*#******************************************************************************
function Elevate(){# Only elevate if not ran from the task scheduler.
Write-Host ' * Checking elevated access rights... ' -NoNewLine;if (-Not $s){# Check to see if we are currently running "as Administrator"v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 398

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guideif (!([Security.Principal.WindowsPrincipal][Security.Principal.
WindowsIdentity]::GetCurrent()).IsInRole([Security.Principal.WindowsBuiltInRole]"Administrator")){$ElevatedProcess = new-object System.Diagnostics.ProcessStartInfo "PowerShell";# Specify the current script path and name as a parameter$strType = GetBackupTypeParameter;$ElevatedProcess.Arguments = "-ExecutionPolicy Bypass & '" + $script:
MyInvocation.MyCommand.Path + "' $strType";# Indicate that the process should be elevated$ElevatedProcess.Verb = "runas";# Start the new process[System.Diagnostics.Process]::Start($ElevatedProcess);# Exit this unelevated script with exit code for "Error: Not elevated"
Exit 3;}}
Write-Host 'Done.';}Property

Value

EnableIf selected will enable UAC elevation for the entire script. This enables functions and programs to run

Elevation

outside the context of Macrium Reflect without requesting further elevation.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 399

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Directory Synchronization

Generated code...

if ($iExitCode -eq 0) # if backup completed successfully...
{$strBackupDir = GetLastBackupPath;
if (![string]::IsNullOrEmpty($strBackupDir)){
SynchroniseDirectories $strBackupDir 'D:\Archive';}}................
#******************************************************************************#* Func: SynchroniseDirectories#*#* Desc: Copies all Macrium Reflect files to a supplied directory.
#*#******************************************************************************
function SynchroniseDirectories($strSrcDir, $strDstDir){
Write-Host ' * Synchronising directories... ' -NoNewLine;if (Get-Command robocopy -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue){# robocopy is available...

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 400

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide# /copy:DAT - D:Data#
A:Attributes#
T:Time stamps# /purge- deletes destination files and directories that no longer#
exist in the source# /lev:0- Does not copy subdirectories&robocopy $strSrcDir $strDstDir *.mr* /copy:DAT /lev:0 /purge /r:0 | Out-Null}else{# Fall back to xcopy...
# Delete files from the target directory not present in the source directory$strDstDirChildren = $strDstDir+"\*";
Get-ChildItem $strDstDirChildren -include "*.mr*" | Foreach-Object {$strMaybeDeletedSrcFile = $strSrcDir + '\' + $_.Name;
if (-not (Test-Path $strMaybeDeletedSrcFile)){
Remove-Item $_}else{$SrcFileTime = [datetime](Get-ItemProperty -Path $strMaybeDeletedSrcFile Name LastWriteTime).lastwritetime;$DstFileTime = [datetime](Get-ItemProperty -Path $_.FullName
Name LastWriteTime).lastwritetime;$SrcFileTimeString = $SrcFileTime.ToString("yyyMMddHHmmss")$DstFileTimeString = $DstFileTime.ToString("yyyMMddHHmmss")
if ($SrcFileTimeString -ne $DstFileTimeString){
Remove-Item $_}}}# /c - Continues copying even if errors occur.
# /d - Date check; only copies if file does not exist or is older.
# /h - Copies hidden and system files.
# /i - If the destination does not exist, and you are copying more than one#
file, this switch assumes that the destination is a folder.
# /v - Verifies each new file.
# /y - Overwrites existing files without prompting.
&xcopy $strSrcDir\*.mr* $strDstDir /c /d /h /i /v /y | Out-Null}Write-Host 'Done.';}Property

Value

Enable directory

If enabled will use the MS utility RoboCopy to synchronize the backup target directorysynchronization

with the supplied directory.

Directory

Enter the folder that you want to synchronize your backup files to

Click 'OK' to generate the PowerShell source filev5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 401

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backup Folder Synchronization
Note: This article refers to backup sets that are not using Delta Incremental indexes. Please see Delta
Indexes for Incremental Backups
All backups apart from MS Exchange and SQL can use Delta Incremental indexes

When backup sets are consolidated by either creating Synthetic Full images or merging Incremental images,
subsequent Incremental images in the chain are updated to reflect the consolidation. This can be observed bylooking at the file modification time stamps in Windows Explorer.
Example 1: Synthetic Full - Retain 5 Incrementals

In this example, when the 6th Incremental is created the Full image is merged with the first Incremental and existing
Incremental images 2 to 5 are updated to indicated that Incremental 1 is no-longer in the backup chain by modifying
the file index. This process is repeated for each subsequent Incremental that is run.

Example 2: Incremental Merge - Retain 5 Incrementals

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 402

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

In this example, when the 6th Incremental is created, the first Incremental is merged with the second and existing
Incremental images 3 - 5 are updated to indicated that Incremental 1 is no-longer in the backup chain by modifying
the file index. This process is repeated for each subsequent Incremental that is run.

When creating duplicate copies of Image files it is essential to synchronize all files in the backup set
rather than just copy the most recently created file.

Using RoboCopy to synchronize folders
Windows ships with a file copy utility called 'Robust File Copy' or RoboCopy. Robocopy can easily synchronize
two folders and ensure that copies are kept up to date.
The following command line will synchronize all Macrium Reflect files in "D:\BackupFolder" with "E:\BackupSyncFolder"

Robocopy "D:\BackupFolder" "E:\BackupSyncFolder" *.mr* /copy:DAT /lev:0 /purge

SwitchDescription*.mr*Only copy Macrium Reflect .mrimg and .mrbak files/copy:DAT

Copy Data, Attributes, and Time stamps/lev:0

Copy only this folder. Do not copy lower level foldersv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 403

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

SwitchDescription/purgeDelete destination files and directories that no longer exist in the source.

Macrium Reflect can generate VBScript and PowerShell scripts to automatically synchronize your backup sets
directly after each run.
VBScript

Generating a VBScript source file

PowerShell

Generating a PowerShell source file

Defaults and Settings
The Defaults and Settings dialog enables modification of Backup Definition file defaulted values as well as
application wide settings.
Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Edit Defaults and Settings..' menu option, or press the 'Defaults' toolbar button.

Backup Defaults
Restore Defaults
Script Defaults
Email Settings and Defaults
Update Settings
Schedule Settings
Network Share Settings
Event Settings
Advanced Settingsv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 404

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Backup Defaults
Note: New Backup Definitions will use the default values set here. Existing backups definitions will not
be affected.

Compression
File Size
Password
Auto Verify Image
Retention Rules
Verify File System
Cloning
Reparse Points
Backup Set Matching
Shutdown

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 405

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Compression

Backup files can be reduced in size without compromising data integrity. Compression results may vary depending
on compressibility of the source data, e.g., a standard Windows install OS partition will compress to around 60-70%
of its original size. The compression effectiveness for user data partitions and files will depend on the types of files
being backed up. Files that won't compress further include most audio and video files, as well as existing
compressed file such as .zip, .tar, .7z etc.
Compression

Description

Level

None

Backup without compressing.

MediumMedium compression generally provides the best compromise for performance and file size.

(Recommended)

High

High compression may make backups take considerably longer to complete but the differencein file size may be marginal.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 406

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect uses a very fast, real-time, *streaming block compression algorithm. This will notprovide the same overall compression ratio as common compression utilities such a 7-Zip which use,much slower, whole file data compression techniques.
*All 'mountable' backup files, such as those created by Macrium Reflect, require discreet blocks of data to
be compressed and decompressed 'on the fly'. This enables images and backup files to be incremented
and mounted as drives in Windows Explorer,

OptionDescription

Intelligent

Only backup data blocks that are being used by files on the disk. This significantly reduces the time

Sectorit takes for backups to complete and reduces the size of the backup files.

Copy
The data blocks in Pagefile ( pagefile.sys ) and hibernation ( hiberfil.sys) files will be
excluded from images. Data blocks in these files files are temporary and not required
when Windows starts. These files will be visible in the imaged file system, but will take up
zero space in the image file.

Forensic

Backup all data blocks. This may significantly increase the size of image files. e.g., An image of a

Copy

1TB file system with only 1GB in use will contain 1TB of data blocks prior to any compression.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 407

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

File Size

Incremental Retention Rules will not be run if backup files are split. This can be caused by setting a fixed
size or if the destination file system is FAT32.

OptionDescription

Automatic

Let the system decide on how large the images are going to be created dependent on file

(Recommended)

system (NTFS, FAT32, DVD, CD)e.g. FAT32 files are limited to 4GB therefore images are going to be split into 4GB or lessfiles.

Fixed file size

Create Images that will be split into many fixed size files. This is useful when copying Image
files to optical media or to some cloud storage providers.

Passwordv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 408

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Password

With the Password option turned on all the images created will require a password before they can bebrowsed or restored.

Enter

The minimum password length is determined by the selected AES encryption level. Long

Password:

passwords are much more secure than shorter passwords and can easily be constructed andremembered by adding together phrases and words that are unique to your memory.
Passwords are not saved to backup files. Macrium Reflect uses standard PBKDF2 key derivation
functions with 260K iterations to save an irreversible hash of the password.
To view existing saved passwords, click the 'eye' icon in the password edit field. After
entering valid Windows Administrator credentials, the password will be shown in plain text.

AES
Encryption

None

v5

No encryption and the password can be any length.

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 409

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Standard

This is the default and requires a password containing at least 8 characters.

128 BitMedium 192

Requires a password containing at least 16 characters.

BitHigh 256 Bit

Requires a password containing at least 32 characters.

Encrypt

Passwords are stored in backup definition files to enable unattended backups to run. Select thisstoredoption to encrypt your passwords in the xml file using a steganographically hidden asymmetricpasswords

key.
To prevent unauthorized access we recommend that backup definition files are saved to a secure
location on your file system.
If having a reversible encrypted password saved on your system presents an unacceptablesecurity risk then enter the password $PROMPT$ in the password field. Once typed, theletters become visible and running backup definitions with this password will enforce manuallycreating and enter a password whenever the backup is run. Please note that it will not be
possible to schedule unattended backups in this case:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 410

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Auto Verify Image

OptionDescription

Verify image

Images will be verified automatically when the backup completes.

Note: This can add a significant amount of time to the backup process.

For more information on image verification please see Understanding Image Verification Failuresv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 411

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Retention Rules

Macrium Reflect retention rules provide a powerful and flexible way to manage the lifetime and storage space usedby your backups.
Choose how backups are matched, and how retention rules are applied to the target folder
Retention rules are applied to the target folder of the backup by selecting one of two options:

SimilarDisk Images are purged if they contain exactly the same Partitions as the current Image.

backupPartitions are identified using the unique Disk ID stored in sector 0 of the disk and the Partition

sets in the

sector offset. Note: For GPT disks the unique GPT disk GUID is used instead of the Disk ID

targetfolder.

v5

For File and Folder backups retention rules are applied according to the File and Folder 'Backup
Set Matching' selection.

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 412

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

All backup

All backup sets in the target folder of the same type (Disk Image or File and Folder) are purged

sets in theaccording the retention rules.

targetfolder.

Select the age or number of backup types that you wish to keep

OptionDescription

Full

When deleting Full backups all linked incremental and Differential backups in the same backup
chain (set) are also deleted This operation will delete the entire backup set.

Differential

When deleting Differential backups all linked incremental backups in the same backup chain (set)are also deleted.

Incremental

When deleting Incremental backups the integrity of the backup set is maintained by ensuring thatthe chain is never broken. This is achieved by merging older Incremental backups when required.
In the example below, before retention, there is 1 Full backup, 1 Differential backup and 6
Incremental backups. The retention rules are set to retain 4 incremental backups. After retention,
the most recent 4 incremental backups are retained. Deleting the oldest 2 incrementals would
cause the backup chain to be invalid as the oldest retained incremental requires the previous 2
incremental backups to complete the chain. To ensure backup integrity the 2 older incremental
backups are consolidated with it to create a new incremental backup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 413

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

F = Full
D = Differential
I = Incremental
M

T

W

T

F

F

M

T

W

T

F

M

T

W

D

I

I

I

I

F

I

I

--

->

I

Create a

When purging Incremental backups, if the backup set only contains a Full backup followed by

Synthetic

Incremental backups, then this option causes the Full backup to be 'rolled forward' to create a

Full if

Synthetic Full backup. This is also known as Incremental Forever.

possible

Run theSelect this option to run the retention rules before the current backup.

purge

Note: in Macrium Reflect v5 the current backup set wasn't included in the purge calculation when

before thepurging before the current backup. In v6 the current backup set IS included. This means that if you

backupset the retention count to 1 Full backup then all of your backups will be deleted and a new Fullbackup created.

DeleteAutomatically remove the oldest backup set(s) in the target folder if the free space on the drive

oldestdrops below the GB threshold.

backup set

Note: The free space threshold is actioned dynamically. If the free space available drops below the(s) if lessthreshold then the running backup is temporarily paused while older backup sets are purged.

than n GB

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 414

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Verify File System

Verify File System is used to check the integrity of the file system before a backup.
Macrium Reflect will automatically verify the integrity of FAT32 and NTFS file systems being backed up. This means
checking that all files and folders have their data entries correctly mapped to the file allocation table (FAT) or $MFT
Bitmap (NTFS).
This is a comprehensive check, and similar in functionality to the MS-DOS chkdsk command that may increase thetime taken to complete a backup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 415

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Cloning

OptionDescription

Perform

Only backup the sectors that are being used by data on the disk. Pagefile ( pagefile.sys ) andan

hibernation ( hiberfil.sys) will be excluded.

Intelligent

This reduces the time it takes for the clone to complete.

SectorCopy

OptionDescription

VerifyReflect will verify the integrity of your file system; Verification check that all files andFilefolders data entries are correctly mapped to the file allocation table (FAT) or MFT

SystemBitmap (NTFS)

Rapid
Delta
Clone

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 416

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

OptionDescription

As with Rapid Delta Restore (RDR) the concept of RDR has been something that has
been thought about for quite some time here at Macrium Software. We wanted to build
a clone solution that would effectively and rapidly copy only the differences between thesource and target file systems. The advantage of this is obvious, RDC offers similar aperformance increase as an Incremental disk image offers over a Full image andenables regular clones to be a viable and fast DR solution.

How does it work?
The NTFS file system resident on the clone source is compared with file system on thetarget disk. The two file systems are first verified that they originated from the sameformat command and then the target NTFS file system structures are analyzed for
differences. All the NTFS file system structures are copied to the target disk and any
that do not exist or have been modified on the target disk cause the data records foreach NTFS file or object to be copied as well. The result is an 'Incremental' clone
applying only file system changes detected between the source and the target.
Note: RDC works with NTFS file systems only. All other file systems will perform a fullclone
Note: RDC is not available when shrinking partitions during a clone.

EnableThis features provides automated SSD optimization resulting enhanced SSD

SSD

performance and longevity. Writing to an unused block is much quicker than an in-use

TRIM

block as it avoids both the slow erase operation and the read-modify-write cycle. This
results an increase of both the lifetime and the performance of the device. It is effective
for all windows operating systems, even those that support SSD trim natively as the filesystem driver can only TRIM blocks on de-allocation; it cannot TRIM blocks written byanother process. It is also effective for USB attached SSDs.

Perform a
Forensic

Backup every sector.
This can add a significant amount of time to the backup process.

SectorCopy

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 417

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Reparse Points

Reparse points are a feature of the NTFS file system that provides the ability to create a link to a directories whichthen fictions as an alias of that directory.
e.g. Reparse point is the folder "Documents and Settings" which when followed points (or expands) to a number ofother folders. If followed then all folders the reparse point "contents" will be included in the backup.
The options below define whether reparse points are followed or whether reparse point definitions are backed up:
OptionDescription

System Reparse Points
Do not follow

Only backup the Reparse Definitions (Recommended)

Follow

Backup all the Reparse Points

Do not follow

Backup the Reparse Definitions

User Reparse Points

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 418

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Follow

Backup all the Reparse Points (Recommended)

Backup Set Matching

The options below define the logic used for appending to an existing backup set and how retention rules are applied
when selecting 'Apply retention rules to matching backup sets in the target folder' in the backup wizard.
OptionDescription

Similar - Match on backups with at least one

Add and remove folders in your backup definition and stillmatching folder

maintain a single backup set.

Strict - Match on backups with the same

Retention rules will only be applied to exact matched backup

folders and filters

sets.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 419

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

All - Matching on any backup

Retention rules will be applied to all File and Folder backup
sets.

Shutdown

OptionDescription

Shutdown

This will Shutdown your computer after the backup is complete.
A sub-option can be enabled to Force the shutdown process - All programs will be forced to close
without being queried.

HibernateThis will Hibernate your computer after the backup is complete

SuspendThis will put your computer to Sleep after the backup is complete.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 420

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Restore Defaults
Default Rapid Delta Restore
Default SSD Trim
Default Verify Before Restoring
Default Master Boot Record Restore
Default Shutdown After Completion

Default Rapid Delta Restore
Rapid Delta Restore will only restore the changed data blocks and not the whole backup file.

Enabling Rapid Delta Restore decreases the time it will take to restore a backup. Only NTFS file systems that are
not shrunk can be restored this way.

To find out more about RDR please click here.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 421

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Default SSD Trim
SSD Trim option enables SSD TRIM on restore.

When a partition is restored, Reflect can flag all unused blocks using the TRIM operation.
Writing to an unused block is much quicker than an in-use block as it avoids both the slow erase operation and theread-modify-write cycle. This results an increase of both the lifetime and the performance of the device.
It is effective for all Windows operating systems, even those that support SSD trim as the file system driver can only
TRIM blocks on de-allocation; it cannot TRIM blocks written by another process. It is also effective for USB attached
SSDs.

Default Verify Before Restoring
Verify Image option verifies images before restoring.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 422

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Enabling verification will increase the restore time significantly.

The verification process will ask you to insert / locate any missing media when required.

Default Master Boot Record Restore
Master Boot Record options select whether to recover and replace the Master boot record (sector 0) and theremainder of Track 0 from the backup.
Track 0 is sector 0 through to 63, and is usually unused from sector 1 for an MBR diskv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 423

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For MBR disks, the partition table in the first sector is always recalculated to align with the restored
partition(s)For GPT disks, this option has no effect.

Default Shutdown After Completion
Determines if the PC should Shutdown, Hibernate, Suspend or Reboot after the restore has completed.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 424

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Select 'Enable' to default the selected option.

Script Defaults
Default Shutdown or Log Off
Default Run Once a Day
Default Run Programs and Scripts
Default Script Elevation
Default Directory Synchronization

Default Shutdown or Log Off
Sets whether the PC should shutdown or log off at the end of the script.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 425

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This could be used when creating a backup as the last job of the day.

Default Run Once a Day
Whenever the script is triggered, either manually or on schedule, it will only execute the first time for each day.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 426

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For example, this could be useful if you want a backup to happen at first login or shutdown.

Default Run Programs and Scripts
Select programs or scripts to run at the start or end of the script.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 427

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

File nameWrite the path and executable file name that you wish to run at the start of the script.

Parameters

Include optional command line parameters for the program.

File nameWrite the path and executable file name that you wish to run at the end of the script.

Parameters

Include optional command line parameters for the program.

Default Script Elevation
Elevate the script at the beginning of execution. This ensures that all Programs and Script called will already beelevated.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 428

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The return code will always be zero. If you are running scripts from the scheduler then this option is notnecessary. The Task Scheduler will elevate the script at startup.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 429

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Default Directory Synchronization

Directory

Enter the target folder for the copy/archive.

Enable file copy

If enabled the backup will create a copy of the files from the backup to the supplied
destination.

Directory Synchronization will embed MS RoboCopy calls to the script

Email Settings and Defaults
Custom SMTP Server
Google - Gmail and Microsoft Outlook 365
Default Email Success, Warning and Failure

Emails can be sent for backup completion notifications, software update notifications and for add-hoc emails of logs
and support contact.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 430

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You can choose to manually configure your Email SMTP server, or use your Google or Microsoft account to send
Emails using Gmail or Outlook 365

Custom SMTP Server

OptionDescription

Senders EmailThe Email address of the sender. This is normally required to be the same domain as your ISP.

Authentication

Authentication options are set by your email provider/server.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 431

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Note: If you do not know your authentication settings, try Auto Detect.

The user name associated with your e-mail account. This is essentially your email address.

SMTP
Username

This is the password for your e-mail Server.

SMTP
Password

SMTP ServerThis is the outgoing / SMTP Server setting or IP address.

Connection

Contact your ISP for the correct setting

Type

Note: These settings can be found from your email provider.

SMTP PortThis is associated with Connection Type and is the port number that the SMTP server islistening on.

Note: These settings can be found from your email provider.

Test

This option is used to test the configured settings; enter your e-mail address in that field andRecipientsclick Test to send a test message to your email.

Google - Gmail and Microsoft Outlook 365
Macrium Reflect v8.0 includes OAuth 2.0 to authenticate Macrium Reflect to send emails using your Microsoft or
Gmail account. It's easy to setup and uses your account sign in, including two factor if enabled, to securely
authenticate.

Note: OAuth 2.0 authentication tokens are stored locally. We don't see or store any authentication
information on our servers.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 432

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Microsoft - Outlook 365

Google - Gmail

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 433

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

The first time you sign in you will be prompted for a one time download and install of the WebView2 distribution
installer.
This is a lightweight MS Edge Chromium web browser that provides a controlled experience for the Macrium Reflect
implementation of the OAuth 2.0 login.

Click 'Yes' to install or 'No' to continue with your web browser.
If you click 'No' you will be taken out of Macrium Reflect to continue in your default web browser.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 434

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Once WebView2 installation is complete a web sign in dialog opens. Follow the normal sign in procedure for
either Microsoft or Google, completing two factor authorization as necessary.
You'll be prompted to accept permissions to allow Macrium Reflect to send emails on your behalf.

Note: These are the absolute minimum permissions required to send emails. We don't require or request
anything else

For Microsoft Click 'Accept'

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 435

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

For Google click 'Allow'

That's it! You're now setup to use Gmail or Microsoft as the service provider to send your backup completion
emails.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 436

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 437

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 438

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Default Email Success, Warning and Failure

OptionDescription

Attach log file

Attach the HTML backup log file.

Attach VSS log file

Attach the VSS log if VSS was involved in the backup.

Include Cancellations

Email Failure setting. Also send an Email for cancelled backups.

Recipient List

Separate multiple Email addresses with ';'name@domain.com; name2@domain.com

Subject

Enter your own text in these fields to identify the backup job.

Contentv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 439

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Update Settings
Update Settings can be access by clicking 'Configure' in the Windows toast notification, or by taking'Other tasks' > 'Edit Defaults and Settings' > 'Update Settings'

Note: Notifications must be set 'On' in the Windows 10 Notifications Center to receive update notifications,however, emails, if configured, will be sent regardless.

Skip update

This check box is only visible if the current installation is out of date. If checked,

notifications for v8.x.

then Windows toast notifications, and the daily check when Reflect starts, will be

xxxx

suppressed for the release version in the check box text.

Show a daily

When an update is available, a Windows toast notification will persist above the task

Windows notification

bar notification area until dismissed, or Macrium Reflect is updated. If dismissed, thenwhen an update is

the notification will not show for the rest of the current day..

available

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 440

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Send an email for theAn email informing of the available update will be sent to the recipient list when the first

first notification

notification for the update is shown. Please ensure that the email server/provider isconfigure by clicking the 'Settings' button.

Daily check for

When Macrium Reflect starts for the first time each day, an update check will display

updates when

the update download dialog if a later version is found. Applies only when interactively

Macrium Reflect starts

starting Macrium Reflect with the user interface visible.

Restart Macrium

If the update is supplied as a binary patch rather than a full installer, Macrium Reflectreflect after patching

will automatically restart after successful patching.

Notifications for Macrium Reflect software updates are handled slightly differently in v8.0. Previously, aWindows notification would be shown every hour if Macrium Reflect wasn't at the latest version. We've changed thisto show a persistent, but dismissible, Windows toast notifications when an update is available. Once dismissed, thenotification won't be shown again for that day. There's also a new option to skip all future notification for the current
latest release.

Note: If the buttons are hidden in the notification history list, then click the down arrow to reveal:

Click 'Update' to download.
Click 'Configure' to open the Software Update Settings dialog:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 441

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Schedule Settings

Using the dropdown list you can switch between 'Use the Macrium Tasks Scheduler' (MTS) and 'Use theWindows Tasks Scheduler' (WTS). Conversion of tasks will begin immediately after 'OK' is pressed.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 442

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

We've integrated MTS into Macrium Service to replace the default Windows Task Scheduler (WTS). WTS has been
the only method for scheduling Macrium Reflect backups for many years, but unfortunately it's been plagued withreliability problems surrounding Daylight Savings Time (DST) changes and no-longer provides the quality ofoperation required by Macrium Reflect.

By default Macrium Reflect uses MTS and the Windows SYSTEM account to schedule backups. If you arehaving problems with your scheduled backups accessing network shares then you can change to use any
local or domain Administrator account on your system.

Prevent the system fromMTS Only - When enabled, the PC will be prevented from sleeping for the

sleeping for the duration ofentire duration of the scheduled script. This can be useful if your script isscheduled VBScript,

waiting for an event, such as a network destination to become available before

PowerShell or batch files

running a backup.

Network Share Settings
Windows contains a Network Credentials cache that enables network authentication details (User name andpassword) to be saved and re-used to logon automatically. However, scheduled tasks are run in Windows 'batchmode' and do not have access to saved credentials. Because of this, you must enter network login details in the
Macrium Reflect defaults to enable scheduled tasks to access and write to password-protected network shares.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 443

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Add

Add network logon details for a new network location

Edit

Edit an existing location.

Note: The 'Default' location logon details will be used for all shares that aren't explicitly
added.

DeleteRemove logon credentials

Add / Editv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 444

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription\\Server\shareEnter the UNC path to the root of the network share. Do not enter any sub-folders in the path

UsernameEnter the authenticated user that has access to the share

Password

Enter the user's password.

You can also select Default and click Edit to provide default credentials to be used for all network shares:

Event Settings
Enable or disable Windows Events generated by Macrium Reflect.

Applies to Macrium Reflect Workstation, Server and Server Plus only.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 445

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Note: The placeholder text <%REFLECT%> is used to populate the event message with runtime
information from Reflect at the time the event was created.

Advanced Settings
CPU Priority Setting
Purge Log File Settings
Advanced Backup Settings
Advanced Incremental Settings
Stealth Mode for Intra-Daily Backups
Destination Drive Discovery
VSS Settings
Macrium Reflect PE File Location
CD/DVD Burner Troubleshooting
Script Editors
Configure Hotkey

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 446

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Miscellaneous Options

CPU Priority Setting

The CPU priority level updates the process and thread priority for the currently running backup. The lowest level willallow other processes on your system to use CPU cycles in preference to the running backup, whereas the highest
priority may cause other processes to wait for available CPU time. There's no 'correct' level, it depends on the
demands you require of the PC workload. The default setting is 'Highest'.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 447

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Purge Log File Settings

OptionDescription

Remove log files

Choose number of days of weeks

Move to Recycle Bin

Deleted logs will be moved to the Recycle Bin.

Perform at startup

Logs will be deleted when Reflect starts up.

You can press the Remove Now button to remove the logs manually at any time.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 448

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Advanced Backup Settings

OptionDescription

Ignore bad sectors when

Damaged disks may still be imaged if this option is selected.

creating images.

Display backup

Changes the time the 'Backup task' delay window is displayed before a schedulednotification delay for

backup starts.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 449

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Note: Clicking 'Do not show this message again' will uncheck the default
setting here.

Do not abort a file andEnabling this option will allow your File and Folder backup to continue even if a root

folder backup if a root

folder of the backup is missing.

folder is missing.

Enforce an entered

Normally, if you run an Incremental or Differential image of say drive 'C', the target

image or File and Folder

folder is searched for a recent backup set for the same source (Drive 'C'). The

backup file name.

backup set is then appended to. The file name you have chosen for the backup will
not be used in this matching process.
If you enter your own file name and select " Enforce entered image or file and folder
backup file name" then only backup sets using the same backup definition file nameand for the same source will be appended to, if none is found then a new full will becreated.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 450

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Show a warning in the

If enabled, and all backups in the destination folder are deleted due to retention

log if retention rules

rules set prior to the backup starting, or the free space threshold is reached, then aremove all backups inwarning message is shown in the log and the backup completes with a warning

the destination folder.

status.

Note: The Warning will not be triggered if the Retention rules are explicitly
set to retain 1 Full image and set to run before the backup. In this case, it
is expected that there will be no backups before the current backup runs.

Only allow

For multi-user systems, such as terminal servers, ReflectMonitor will not run for non-

Administrators toadministrator accounts if selected.

monitor running backups

Report transfer rates.

v5

Will allow you to change the way transfer rates are reported in.

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 451

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Advanced Incremental Settings

Enabling Delta indexes will reduce incremental file size and can increase the speed of merging Incremental
backups during Synthetic Full and Incremental consolidation.
Additionally, all previous files in the backup set, up to the previous Diff or Full, are required to continue to append to
the set.
For more information on Macrium Changed Block Tracker please see here Macrium Changed Block Tracker

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 452

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Stealth Mode for Intra-Daily Backups

Intra-daily backups can generate frequent and often unnecessary interruptions and log activity. Stealth Mode solves
this problem by suppressing non-essential notifications and logs:
Suppress the Backup Start dialog.

Never show the Backup Start dialog that is shown when a scheduled backup istriggered.
Note: This overrides the default setting for the dialog.

Only show Failed, Cancelled andTaskbar popups and notifications will not be shown for successful backups.

Warning completion notifications.

Only generate essential logs.
__________________________________

Logs will only be generated for Failed, Warning or Cancelled backups, and File andFolder backups when any file is changed, added or removed.
____________________________________________________________________

Intra-Daily Stealth mode is enabled by default, and if an Intra-daily schedule is selected then the following dialog isshown:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 453

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click 'Stealth Mode Settings' to open the defaults dialog to change or confirm.
Select 'Do not show this again' to stop this message being shown in the future.
You can re-enable by taking 'Other Tasks' > Edit Defaults' > 'Advanced' > 'Miscellaneous'.

Destination Drive Discovery

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 454

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Use assigned drive

The drive letter in the destination path is used exclusively to locate the backup target path.

letter (default)

The destination path is saved in the format '<DRIVE LETTER>:\Folder\'This enables multiple backup drives to be used in rotation if Windows assigns the same
drive letter for each drive.

Use volume GUIDThe unique volume identifier associated with the backup drive is saved in the backup

path

definition file and used to locate the destination path.
The destination path is saved in the format '\\?\Volume{GUID}\Folder\'This enables Windows to assign a different letter to the same drive and the new letter will
be automatically chosen as the backup destination.

Note: If 'Use volume GUID path' is selected you must edit/re-save existing backup definitions to reflect the change in
the XML file.

VSS Settingsv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 455

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

OptionDescription

Exclude all VSS writers to resolve

This option will disable VSS writers. Due to Windows system configuration

specific snapshot failures.

issues, VSS writers are the cause of some backup failures.
This may cause issues with other VSS aware applications.

Automatically retry without VSS

Reflect will try to create a backup of your system without using VSS; thiswriters on failure

option is useful when experiencing VSS related errors.

Create additional VSS logs for

Each backup will create additional VSS logs that can be used in order todebugging.

troubleshoot VSS related issues when creating backups.

Exclude SQL Server writers.

Select this option if you are using dedicated SQL backup software. This
will prevent SQL logs from being truncated when creating a Disk Image orFile and folder backup.

Do not truncate Exchange logs

Select this option if you are using dedicated MS Exchange backup

when imaging or creating file andsoftware. This will prevent Exchange logs from being truncated whenfolder backups.

creating a Disk Images.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 456

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Macrium Reflect PE File Location

By default, the files to create, and boot, your rescue media are saved to directory 'c:\boot\macrium'. Select a different
local drive if your 'C' drive is compromised by storing approximately 1GB of storage space here.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 457

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

CD/DVD Burner Troubleshooting

Disable CD/DVD

CD/DVD burners that fail to return from a query request may cause an application hang.

drive enumeration

Select this option as a troubleshooting step if Macrium Reflect hangs on startup.

Create a CD

Turning this option creates a log file that can be used for troubleshooting CD/DVD burnerEngine log fileconnection activity.
Log file: 'C:\HPCDE.log'

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 458

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Script Editors

Set the program to use as an editor when editing your VBScript, PowerShell, MS-DOS batch, and xml files.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 459

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Configure Hotkey

ReflectMonitor is a standalone application that is used to monitor the progress, and cancel, background backups.
ReflectMonitor can be easily accessed using a Hotkey sequence. You can enable and configure the Hotkey here.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 460

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Miscellaneous Options

Click the 'Reset' button to re-enable all dialogs hidden by selecting the 'Do not show this again' check box.
There are several dialogs in Reflect, an example below:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 461

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

PXE Deployment
This article will take you through PXE deployment of the Rescue Media.

In order to use this technology you will need to have purchased the Macrium Reflect Technicians
Deployment License.
If you wish to obtain this license please click here for further details.

Before you begin: You will need to have set up a Windows Deployment Services Server and created a rescue
media ISO image file. See Creating rescue media.

1. Mount the Rescue Media Image that was created earlier.

2. Open Windows Deployment Services and select 'Servers > Boot Images'v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 462

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

3. Right click the right pane and click 'Add Boot Image...'v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 463

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

4. In the Wizard you can browse for a location of the bootable WIM.

5.
v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 464

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
5. Locate 'boot.wim' in the 'sources' folder of the mounted Rescue Media Image and click 'Open' then 'Next'.

6. Name your boot image and click 'Next' twice.

7. Once finished you will see the the bootable image in the 'Boot Images' section of Windows Deployment
Services console.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 465

7.

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You will now be able to boot PCs on your network with the Macrium Reflect Rescue Media.

Standalone backup set consolidation
It can be useful to independently consolidate multiple files in a backup set into a single Full or to consolidate a groupof Incremental backups. This helps to conserve disk space and can be used when archiving your backups to
optimize the number of backups being copied.
Independent consolidations can be run without creating a backup or launching Macrium Reflect by running a small
utility Macrium Image Consolidation located in the Macrium Reflect install folder.
This is usually 'C:\Program Files\Macrium\Reflect\consolidate.exe'.

Using Macrium Image Consolidation
To Launch Macrium Image Consolidation double click 'consolidate.exe' in Windows Explorer.

'consolidate.exe' is a standalone executable that does not require installing.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 466

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Area

Description

1Enter the 'From' backup file for the consolidation process, or click '...' to browse. This is usually the Fullbackup, ending in '00-00.mrimg', but can be an Incremental file.
Valid Macrium backup file types are:v5

Image files:.mrimgFile and Folder backup files:.mrbakCopyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 467

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Area

Description

Exchange backup files:

2.

.mrex

Enter the 'To' file for the consolidation process, or click '...' to browse. This must be in the same backup
set as 1. and must have been created after the backup in 1.
Click 'Consolidate' to begin the consolidation process.

3.

Basic information about the backup files.

4.

The output Window. This is populated after clicking 'Consolidate' and contains detailed information about
the consolidation process.

Note: Selecting a 'Full' image for the 'From' backup file will create a consolidated 'Synthetic Full' image.

Restrictions when choosing the 'From' and 'To' backup files.
Each file must be from the same backup set. See How backup sets are created and maintained for more
information on sets.
Error output:

From and To files are from a different backup set.
The 'To' file must have been created after the from file.
Error output:

From file is more recent than the To file
The backup set cannot contain any Differential backups.
Error output:

The backup set contains Differential backups

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 468

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Converting a Physical machine to Virtual Machine
Links have been added to each applicable step to explain the step in greater detail.

1. Using Macrium Reflect take an image of your physical machine.
2. Once you have an image, create a Rescue Media ISO image.
3. Create a Virtual Machine using your preferred hypervisor (Hyper-V, VMware, Virtual box...), assigning to it avCPU, Memory and a Virtual Hard Disk.

4. Boot the VM using the created Rescue Media ISO image.
5. From the booted Rescue Media restore your image on to the Virtual Hard Disk attached to your VM.
6. Without exiting the Rescue Media, run the ReDeploy option.
7. Detach the ISO from your VM and reboot it.

Logging file changes for Incremental and Differential Images
Your Windows operating system and installed applications can create many changes 'under the hood' without you
knowing about it. This can cause Incremental or Differential images to be substantially larger than expected. This
article describes a feature in Macrium Reflect to log files that have been changed in each Incremental or Differential
image.

Note: In Macrium Reflect v7, this functionality is only available if Changed Block tracker (CBT) s disabled.
Take 'Other Tasks' > 'Edit Defaults' > 'Advanced' > 'Advanced Incrementals' and un-check 'Enable
Changed Block Tracker'

What are Incremental and Differential Images?
Incremental images will only backup data blocks that have changed since the last Image or, in the case ofDifferential, Full image in the backup set. Images are created at File System cluster level and each block is MD5
hashed and compared. Blocks with the same hash signature aren't included in the Differential or Incremental image
file. A data block is usually 16 clusters in length.
See also: How backup sets are created and maintained

How to show changed files
If the following registry entry is set, Reflect will perform a reverse 'look-up' to identify the file for each cluster that isbacked up.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 469

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

This may increase the time taken to backup and should only be used for diagnosis.

Key:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Macrium\Reflect\Settings

Name:

LogIncrementalChanges

Type:

DWORD

Value:

1

Once the registry entry is set, perform another Differential or Incremental Image and, once complete, delete theregistry entry created above. Then use Windows Explorer to navigate to: 'C:\ProgramData\Macrium\Reflect' inWindows Explorer and sort by Modified Date:

In addition to the normal '.html' and '.vsslog' files you will also see files with '.inc.log' at the end. There will be one foreach NTFS partition in the Differential or Incremental.
The first file, {IMAGEID}-XX-YY.inc.log, is the log for the first NTFS partition, the next file is , {IMAGEID}-XX-YY1.
inc.log and,in the above example, {IMAGEID}-XX-YY3.inc.log is the last last NTFS partition in the image.

Example log output

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 470

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
MFT Record - 32 - .\$Extend\$RmMetadata\$TxfLog\$TxfLog.blf
MFT Record - 34 - .
\$Extend\$RmMetadata\$TxfLog\$TxfLogContainer00000000000000000002
MFT Record - 38 - .\Windows\Prefetch\AgGlGlobalHistory.db
MFT Record - 39 - .\Windows\Prefetch\AgGlFaultHistory.db
MFT Record - 43 - .\Windows\Prefetch\AgRobust.db
MFT Record - 45 - .\Windows\Prefetch\AgGlFgAppHistory.db
MFT Record - 1236 - .\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\SelfUpdate\WuPackages.xml
MFT Record - 1333 - .\Program Files (x86)\TeamViewer\Version8\TeamViewer8_Logfile.
log
MFT Record - 1353 - .\ProgramData\Microsoft\RAC\PublishedData\RacWmiDatabase.sdf
MFT Record - 1592 - .\Users\Dev\AppData\Local\Google\Chrome\UserData\Default\Current Session
MFT Record - 1783 - .\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\MSSQL10.
SQLEXPRESS\MSSQL\Log\ERRORLOG
MFT Record - 13900 - .\Windows\System32\winevt\Logs\Microsoft-WindowsPrintService%4Admin.evtx
MFT Record - 15637 - .\Windows\WindowsUpdate.log
MFT Record - 15741 - .\Windows\System32\winevt\Logs\Microsoft-Windows-Windows
Defender%4Operational.evtx
MFT Record - 15743 - .\Windows\System32\winevt\Logs\Microsoft-Windows-Windows
Defender%4WHC.evtx
MFT Record - 15755 - .\Users\Dev\AppData\Local\Google\Chrome\UserData\Default\IndexedDB\http_localhost_2904.indexeddb.leveldb\LOG
MFT Record - 15868 - .\Windows\bootstat.dat
MFT Record - 21541 - .\Windows\security\database\secedit.sdb
MFT Record - 21544 - .\Windows\ServiceProfiles\LocalService\NTUSER.DAT
MFT Record - 21565 - .\Windows\ServiceProfiles\NetworkService\NTUSER.DAT
MFT Record - 22562 - .
\Windows\ServiceProfiles\NetworkService\AppData\Local\Temp\MpCmdRun.log
MFT Record - 22649 - .\Windows\System32\7B296FB0-376B-497e-B012-9C450E1B7327-5P-1.
C7483456-A289-439d-8115-601632D005A0
MFT Record - 22650 - .\Windows\System32\7B296FB0-376B-497e-B012-9C450E1B7327-5P-0.
C7483456-A289-439d-8115-601632D005A0

And so on.........

Each log file lists the MFT record and full path name to the file(s) that have changed.

There will be many MFT metadata files (prefixed by '$') that are not visible to Windows Explorer or any
other windows utilities, but these are always included (if changed) in Diff/Inc image files.

Please note that this doesn't mean that all clusters in the listed files have changed it means that the fileclusters are scanned and differences have been detected.

Backup to the cloud with Azure File Sharesv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 471

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Azure Files offers fully managed file shares in the cloud that are accessible via the industry
standard Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Share access is fully secure using end to end AES encryption utilised in the SMB 3.0 protocol andcan be used directly for Macrium Reflect backup and restore and Site Manager repositories.

Note: SMB 3.0 is available with Windows 8.1 or later and Windows Server 2012 or later operating
systems. Earlier versions of Windows cannot mount Azure shares.
Port 445 (TCP outbound) must be open to allow communication with Azure file shares. If you haveproblems please check that your ISP isn't blocking this port.

How to setup an Azure File Share
It's easy and takes just 5 minutes! If you don't currently have an Azure account then it's easy to set one up. There's aFree tier and currently a free credit for full access when you first enrol. Please see here for more information:
https://azure.microsoft.com
In the Azure Dashboard select 'All Services' then scroll to and select 'Storage Accounts' in the 'Storage' group:

Click the 'Add' button to reveal the share creation options.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 472

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

You must provide a unique name, across all Azure shares, for your share URL. I've used 'macriumofficebackups' forthis example.
Select the 'Classic' deployment model to keep things simple.
Create a new and appropriately named 'Resource Group'. I've used 'backups'.
Select 'Pin to dashboard' for easy access.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 473

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Finally, click 'Create' and you'll see the following activity widget on the dashboard followed by a new storage tileafter a few seconds:

Click the new storage tile, select 'Files' in the storage account selections pane that opens, then click 'Add File
Share'

Give your share a meaningful name and set the size. The max is 5TB / 5120 GB:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 474

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Click the '...' menu on the new share and select 'Connect'

You'll be presented with several scripts and command line options to connect to your new share from anywhere in
the worldv5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 475

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

We just need to select and copy the share path, username and password text from 'net use' command :Your details will obviously be different, but for this example:
Share\\macriumofficebackups.file.core.windows.net\share1

path:

User:

AZURE\macriumofficebackups

Password:

4FkHLDrmoaos2lYkwnLlR8Ls+6nVVATPIaMoCEWa1j6GfvnHMDfAaVmFDA4IQkCzxtn4YPObl2Lc+IfXWZPjQw==

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 476

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
Creating the share is now complete and you have enough information to connect to Azure for backup
and restore from Macrium Reflect and for creating Site Manager repositories.

More details on other setup methods and options can be found here: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-how-to-create-file-share

How to connect to the Azure Share in Macrium Reflect
Connecting is simple! Once you have the share details copied from the steps above you can begin backing up to thecloud in exactly the same way as you would any local network share.
Take the 'Other Tasks' > 'Edit Defaults' > 'Network' menu option in Reflect.
Click 'Add' and enter the Azure share user name and password then click OK.

You can now backup directly to the cloud by entering the Azure share path plus any sub folder if
you want to:In this example we're imaging directly to: \\macriumofficebackups.file.core.windows.
net\share1\july_backups

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 477

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

Sucess!

Note: When your login credentials are saved in the Reflect defaults you can even perform an unattended
system restore and the rescue media will automatically connect to Azure for you.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 478

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How to add an auto restore xml file to the rescue media
If you've purchased a Macrium Reflect Deployment Kit License then to assist with deploying images it may bedesirable to automate the restore of a 'Golden' Image by adding the Macrium Reflect auto restore xml file directly to
the Windows Image (WIM) file used by the rescue media or by a PXE deployment server.
Create your auto restore XML using your 'Golden' image by simulating a restore and pressing 'Ctrl' + 'Shift' + 'S'
on the final restore wizard page as describe below:

Note: The steps below to create the 'Golden' Image and 'macrium_restore.xml' can be run in Windows PE
if required.
Ensure that the Image file is located on an accessible network share if you intend to deploy using PXEClick here to show the Auto Restore dialog...
To launch this dialog press 'Ctrl + Shift + S' together on the last page of the Restore wizard.

This dialog will prompt for options to automatically restore the selected image file at a later time using the Windows
PE rescue media. When OK is clicked a restore definition XML file will be saved.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 479

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Password:

Enter a password to protect against accidental or unauthorised running of this restore.

SourceRestore this image file: This is the default operation. The image file selected will be used as the

Imagerestore source.

File:

Restore the latest matching image in the same folder: The image folder will be searched for any
image files that contain the partitions being restored. The latest backup date is chosen as the restore
source.

TargetMatch target disk on unique identifier: This is the default operation. The unique disk id is used toDiskensure that the correct disk is restored to.

Selection:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 480

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

OptionDescription

Match target disk on disk number if unique id is not found: This option will not fail the restore if
the target unique disk id cannot be found.
The default number is the current number of the target disk but you can choose an alternative disk
number if it's known that the number of the disk is different in the restore environment.
Use with caution as Windows PE can enumerate disks in a different sequence and cause thewrong disk to be restored to, however, this won't be an issue if your system has only one local disk.

RestoreChoose drive: Select from a list of local drives to save the restore definition file. The file will be

xml file

saved in the root folder of the chosen drive and will be named 'macrium_restore.xml'

location

Choose a file name and location: If selected, a file 'save As' dialog will be shown when the 'OK'
button on this dialog is clicked. This enables saving the restore definition file to any file name and toany folder.

Note: For auto restore to operate the restore definition must be named 'macrium_restore.
xml' and be located on a root folder on a local drive. Saving to a different name and/or
location enables you to prepare several restore definitions for later use.

Set the restore xml file as 'Read Only': At the end of an auto restore the restore definition is
automatically deleted. Setting the definition as 'Read Only' prevents deletion and enables re-runningof the same restore each time Windows PE starts.

If the image file is located on a network share then you'll be prompted to enter the authentication details:

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 481

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide

How auto restore works
Local drives are scanned (from A to Z) for a restore definition 'macrium_restore.xml' file in each drive root folder.
Macrium Reflect will use the first restore definition found. This can be any local drive, including USB flash drives or
optical media.
The restore definition contains instructions to locate the image file to restore from and the target disk to restore to.
It is imperative that the correct image file is restored to the intended disk. To ensure that there are no nasty surprises
after restoring, Macrium Reflect will uses unique disk identifiers and sector offsets to match the source and target ofthe restore.

Locating the source image file folder
The default behaviour is to read the image file specified in the <file_name> xml node. However, It's possible that
Windows PE has assigned different drive letters to local drives, in this case the following procedure is followed.
All local drives are scanned for a 'Marker' file that is created when the restore definition is saved. This
Marker file has the following file name format: 'Macrium_restore_{GUID}.txt', where the GUID (Globally
Unique Identifier) is retrieved from the '<search node>' in the restore xml.

<search guid="{0D6B46C4-A5ED-4578-A9C0-5539B0AB94A0}">Y</search><file_name>D:\backups\auto_restore\4E855CB463979BC9-01-01.mrimg</file_name>
If the marker file isn't found in the path specified in the <file_name> xml node then all local drives aresearched for the marker file in the same sub folder. If the marker file is found then that folder will besearched for the image file to restore.
If no Marker file is found or is not specified in the xml then all local drive are scanned (from A to Z) to locate
any images in the folder specified by the '<file_name>' xml node that contain images to restore.

Note: If the image file is located on a network path then no searching is required. Network paths areunambiguous and absolute.

Locating the correct source image file
The default behaviour is to read the specified image file in the folder in the '<image_file>' xml node. However, if'Restore the latest matching image in the same folder' is selected in the Auto Restore dialog then the following
procedure is followed:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 482

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guidexml attribute find_recent="Y" is added to the <file_name> xml node.

<file_name find_recent="Y">D:\backups\auto_restore\4E855CB463979BC9-01-01.mrimg</file_name>All matching backup sets are loaded in the image file folder and the most recent backup date is selected and used
for the restore. A matching backup set has the same disk and partitions specified in the restore definition file.

<restore_definition><properties><source_disk id="3A177438-02D6-4DB6-9FCC-184F81DEE52A">1</source_disk></properties><operation id="1"><type>copy</type><copy><source><partition start_sector="2048" end_sector="616447">1</partition></source></copy></operation></restore_definition>
A matching image file contains the same disk identifier and partition start and end sectors as well as partition
number.
e.g, In this case Disk identifier 3A177438-02D6-4DB6-9FCC-184F81DEE52A and partition number 1 with start
sector 2048 and end sector 616447

Locating the restore target disk
The default behaviour is to select the target disk by matching the unique disk identifier specified in the <target_disk>
xml node. However, if 'Match target disk number if unique id not found' is selected in the Auto Restore dialog
then the following procedure is followed:

xml attribute number_fallback="Y" is added to the <target_disk> xml node.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 483

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide<target_disk id="3A177438-02D6-4DB6-9FCC-184F81DEE52A" number_fallback="Y">1</target_disk>
The restore target disk is matched on disk number if a disk cannot be matched using the unique identifier.

Please use this option with caution as Windows PE may load disks in a different sequence to regular
Windows. This may cause the wrong disk to be restored to.

Next we need to mount the Windows Image (WIM) file and copy the 'macrium_restore.xml' file to the root of theimage.

1. From within Windows (not PE), create an empty folder anywhere on your C: drive that will be used to mountthe WIM file. In this example we'll use 'C:\Boot\Mount'.

2. Open a command prompt with elevated privileges and type the following command:

DISM /Mount-image /imagefile:C:\boot\macrium\WA10KFiles\media\sources\boot.
wim /index:1 /MountDir:"c:\boot\mount"Note: The location of the WIM in this case is the default location for the Windows PE 10 WIM file.
Please update as necessary in your own command.

3. Open the mounted folder in Windows Explorer and copy the 'macrium_restore.xml' file to the root.

Note: After copying the file close Windows Explorer so that there are no locks on the open folder.

4. Type the following commands in the command prompt:v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 484

Macrium Reflect v8.0 User Guide
4.

Dism /Unmount-image /MountDir:"c:\boot\mount" /Commit
Dism /Cleanup-Wim

5. Once complete the WIM file can be copied to a deployment server or USB stick and used to initiate anautomatic restore.

v5

Copyright © 2019. Paramount Software UK Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

Page 485